JBoss Tools SVN: r13349 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:38:13 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13349
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:38:13 UTC (rev 13349)
@@ -0,0 +1,1262 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[
+<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/introduction.xml">
+<!ENTITY projects SYSTEM "modules/projects.xml">
+<!ENTITY editors SYSTEM "modules/editors.xml">
+<!ENTITY modules SYSTEM "modules/modules.xml">
+<!ENTITY code_generation SYSTEM "modules/code_generation.xml">
+<!ENTITY config_file_debugger SYSTEM "modules/config_file_debugger.xml">
+<!ENTITY page_links_recognizer SYSTEM "modules/page_links_recognizer.xml">
+<!ENTITY project_verification SYSTEM "modules/project_verification.xml">
+<!ENTITY rel_resources_links SYSTEM "modules/rel_resources_links.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY migrationlink "../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html">
+
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Struts Tools Reference Guide</title>
+
+ <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 3.0.0.CR2
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/struts_tools_ref_gui...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+<chapter id="intoduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>If you prefer to develop web applications using Struts technology JBoss Tools also meet
+ your needs. The professional developer toolset provides all necessary editors and wizards
+ for creating Struts resources that enhances the process of building high-quality web
+ applications.</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Note that JBoss Tools support the Struts 1.1, 1.2.x versions.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>In this guide you will learn how to take advantage of Struts support that <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ provide.</para>
+
+ <section id="struts_key_features">
+ <title>Key Features of Struts Tools</title>
+
+ <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of Struts
+ Tools:</para>
+
+ <table>
+
+ <title>Key Functionality for Struts Tools</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Feature</entry>
+ <entry>Benefit</entry>
+ <entry>Chapter</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>Struts Support</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>Step-by-step wizards for creating a new struts project with a number
+ of predefined templates, importing existing ones and adding struts
+ capabilities to non-struts web projects.</para></entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="projects">struts support</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>Support for Struts Configuration File</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>Working on file using three modes: diagram, tree and source.
+ Synchronization between the modes and full control over the code. Easy
+ moving around the diagram using the Diagram Navigator. Working with
+ struts projects that have multiple modules. Possibility to use Struts
+ configuration file debugger allowing to set break points on struts
+ diagram and then launch the server in debug mode.</para></entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="struts_config_editor">graphical editor for struts</link>
+ <link linkend="config_file_debugger">configuration file debugger</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>Support for Struts modules</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>A Struts module (struts-config.xml) is automatically created while
+ creating a new project. There is also possibility to add new ones or edit
+ already existing modules in your existing project or while importing Struts project.</para></entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="modules">modules</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><para>Verification and Validation</para></entry>
+ <entry><para>All occuring errors will be immediately reported by verification
+ feature, no matter in what view you are working. Constant validation and
+ errors checking allows to catch many of the errors during development
+ process that significantly reduces development time.</para></entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="project_verification">verification and validation</link>
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="projects" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/projects.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="projects.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Projects</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools provide the following functionality when working with Struts:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create new <property moreinfo="none">Struts projects</property></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Import (open) existing Struts projects. You can import any project
+ structure</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add <property moreinfo="none">Struts capabilities</property> to any existing Eclipse
+ project</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Import and add Struts capabilities to any existing project created outside
+ Eclipse.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Now, we'll focus on all these points more fully.</para>
+
+ <section id="CreatingANewStrutsProjec745t">
+
+ <title>Creating a New Struts Project</title>
+
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools provides a New Struts Project Wizard that radically simplifies the process
+ for getting started with a new Struts project. You just need to follow these steps:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Project...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar. Then, select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools Web > Struts > Struts Project</property>
+ </emphasis> in this dialog box. Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>: </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting Struts Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On this form, provide the <property moreinfo="none">Project Name</property>. You can also
+ select where to create the project or use the default path.</para>
+ <para>Next to <property moreinfo="none">Struts Environment</property> set which Struts version to
+ use.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating Struts Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>Don't put spaces in project names since some OS could experience problems
+ with their processing and searching these files.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>You can select the KickStart template, then the project created will include a simple
+ Hello World type application that is ready to run.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing Struts Template </title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_3_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Next, you register this application with the current servlet container defined
+ for your workspace (JBoss AS, by default) in order to allow you to test your
+ application more easily while still developing it. A new entry will be added in
+ the servlet container configuration file to enable running the application
+ in-place (called null deployment or link deployment). Uncheck the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Target Server"</property>
+ </emphasis> check box if for some reason you don't want to register
+ your application at this point.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Registering The Project at Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On the next form, you can select the TLD files to include in this
+ project:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting Tag Libraries</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After the project is created, you should have the following project structure (if you
+ used the KickStart template):</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Structure</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>If you want to hide the jar files from Web App Libraries in view, select the
+ down-pointing arrow in the upper right corner, select
+ <emphasis>Filters...</emphasis>, check the box next to Name filter patterns
+ (matching names will be hidden), and type *.jar into the field. Then, click OK.
+ </para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ImportingAnExistingStrutsProjectWithAnyStructure9653">
+
+ <title>Importing an Existing Struts Project with Any Structure</title>
+
+ <para>For detailed information on migration projects to JBoss Developer Studio see <ulink url="../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html">Migration Guide</ulink>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="AddingStrutsCapabilityToAnExistingWebApplication532">
+
+ <title>Adding Struts Capability to an Existing Web Application</title>
+
+ <para>Here, we'll consider how to add Struts functionality (Struts libraries, tag
+ libraries and a Struts configuration file) to any existing Web application project in
+ your Eclipse workspace.</para>
+
+ <para>By adding a Struts Nature to your project, you can now edit files using JBoss Tools
+ editors, such as the <link linkend="struts_config_editor">Struts configuration
+ editor</link> and the JBoss Tools JSP editor. To take advantage of this just right-click
+ the project and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Add Struts Capabilities</property>
+ </emphasis> from the context menu. This will start the process of adding all necessary
+ libraries and files to make a Web Struts project from your one.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding Struts Capabilities</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the wizard you should point to location of your deployment descriptor file web.xml
+ and name of the project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing Project Location</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>After hitting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>, </emphasis> you will see the following screen. This
+ screen simply means that you need to add at least one Struts module to your project to
+ make this project a Struts project. Adding a Struts module means that a new
+ struts-config.xml will be added to your project and registered in the web.xml file. In
+ addition, all required Struts libraries will be added. To add a Struts module, select
+ the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add Struts Support</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Modules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here you can select what Struts <property moreinfo="none">Version</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Servlet
+ Class</property>, <property moreinfo="none">URL Pattern</property> and <property moreinfo="none">TLD</property>s to add
+ to this project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting Struts Support Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When done, you will see the default Struts module configuration information. See how
+ to Edit <link linkend="modules">Struts modules</link>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Configuration Information</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the last screen you can set the different folders for your project as well as
+ register this application with a servlet container. If you want the libraries (.jar
+ files) will be automatically added to your project, click on the checkbox <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add Libraries</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Registering the Project at Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When done, you can open end edit the struts-config.xml file using usefull Struts
+ configuration file editor provided by JBDS. (The Struts configuration is shown below in
+ the Tree viewer).</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts-config.xml File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_13.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="editors" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/editors.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="editors.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Struts Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Editors</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we'll introduce you to featured graphical editors for specific
+ Struts files such as Struts Configuration files, Tiles files and Struts Validation files.</para>
+ <section id="struts_config_editor">
+
+ <title>Graphical Editor for Struts Configuration Files</title>
+ <para>First, let's dwell on the Struts Configuration file editor.</para>
+ <para>This editor has three views with different representation of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">struts-config.xml</property>: </emphasis>Diagram, Tree and Source. The
+ views can be selected via the tabs at the bottom of the editor. Any changes made in one
+ view are immediately visible when you switch to any other view.</para>
+
+ <para>Now, we'll consider every view in more detail.</para>
+ <section id="StrutsDiagramMode453">
+
+ <title>Diagram View</title>
+
+ <para>The Diagram view graphically displays the Web flow of the application defined in
+ the Struts configuration file.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Diagram View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Diagram view allows to edit navigation in your Struts application. Just by
+ right-clicking anywhere on the diagram, you can use a context menu to create the
+ building blocks of a Struts application:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Actions</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Global forwards</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Global exceptions</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSP Pages</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Diagram Context Menu</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Along the upper-left side of the editor is a stack of seven icons for changing the
+ behavior of the cursor in the diagram. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Editor Icons</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The first icon switches to the default regular selection cursor, the second to the
+ marquee selection cursor and the third to the new connection cursor. The last four
+ icons switch the cursor to an insert cursor for each type of Struts build block
+ listed above (and in the order listed).</para>
+
+ <para>For instance, clicking on the first of these four icons (the one with the gears)
+ will switch the cursor to insert actions. Clicking anywhere in the diagram with this
+ cursor has the same effect as right-click and selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add > Action...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the context menu with the regular cursor active. It's just
+ more efficient to use this cursor if you're adding more than one action at
+ once.</para>
+
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="StrutsTreeMode42">
+
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+
+ <para>The Tree view represents the different elements of the Struts application that are
+ organized into functional categories on the left-hand side and a form for editing
+ the properties of currently selected items on the right-hand side.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also right-click on any node in the category tree and perform appropriate
+ operations through a context menu. For instance, by right-clicking on the
+ action-mappings category node, you can add new actions to the application.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree Context Menu</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="StrutsSourceMode9655">
+
+ <title>Source View</title>
+
+ <para>In the Source view, you have complete editing control of the underlying XML
+ coding.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When working in Source view, you always have all the following features available:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Content Assist</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open On Selection</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>File Folding</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>You can take advantage of <ulink url="../../jsf/html_single/index.html#CodeAssistAndDynamicCodeAssist42BasedOnProjectData">code assist</ulink>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_20.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The editor will also immediately flag any errors.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Errors in Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_21.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Finally, you can use the Outline view with the editor to easily navigate through
+ the file.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Outline View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Find more information about editor features <ulink url="../../jsf/html_single/index.html#editors_features">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="GraphicalEditorForTilesFiles132">
+
+ <title>Graphical Editor for Tiles Files</title>
+ <para>Here, you'll know how to make use of the special graphical editor for Tiles configuration files.</para>
+ <para>The editor has three main views: Tree, Diagram and Source.
+ The views can be selected via the tabs at the bottom of the editor. Any changes made in
+ one view are immediately visible when you switch to any other view.</para>
+
+ <para>Before we consider each view of the editor, let's look at the way of creating new Tiles files.</para>
+ <section id="CreateNewTilesFile1422">
+
+ <title>Create New Tiles File</title>
+
+ <para>To create new Tiles files, right click any folder and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Tiles File</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a New Tiles File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_23.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="StrutsTreeView896">
+
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+
+ <para>The Tree view represents the different elements of the Tiles file that are
+ organized into functional categories on the left-hand side and a form for editing
+ the properties of currently selected items on the right-hand side.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_24.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To edit the file, simply right click any node and select among the available
+ actions.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Editing in Tiles Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_25.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="StrutsDiagramView4643">
+
+ <title>Diagram View</title>
+
+ <para>The Diagram view allows you to create complex Tiles files in the form of a
+ diagram.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Diagram Mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_26.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To create new definitions, simply right click anywhere in the diagram.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating New Definition</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_27.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use the Diagram toolbar to make editing easier.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Diagram Toolbar</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_28.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> It contains four icons for changing the cursor state. The first one is the
+ default cursor state for selecting existing nodes. The second icon is marquee
+ selector. The third is used for creating new connections and the last one is for
+ adding definition template to the content.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="StrutsSource75">
+
+ <title>Source</title>
+
+ <para>The other view of the <property moreinfo="none">Tiles editor</property> is the Source view that
+ gives you full control over the source. Any changes here will immediately appear in
+ other modes when you switch to them.</para>
+
+ <para>When working in Source view, you always have all following features available:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Content Assist</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open On Selection</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_29.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><ulink url="../../jsf/html_single/index.html#CodeAssistAndDynamicCodeAssist42BasedOnProjectData">Code
+ assist</ulink> is available in the Source mode.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_30.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Any errors are immediately reported as shown below:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Errors Reporting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_31.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use the Outline view together with the editor's Source mode.
+ It provides an easier navigation through the file.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Outline View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_32.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="GraphicalEditorForStrutsValidationFiles86">
+
+ <title>Graphical Editor for Struts Validation Files</title>
+
+ <para>Providing full support for development Struts applications JBoss Tools comes with a
+ visual validation editor. To open the editor double-click on the validation file or if you don't have it create a new one.</para>
+
+ <para>To create a new validation file, right click any folder in
+ Project Explorer and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis>from the context menu and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools Web > Struts > Validation File</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating New Validation File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_33.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The validation editor works with five modes: Formsets, Validators, Constants and
+ standard Tree and Source that you can easily switch over using tabs at the bottom of the
+ editor.</para>
+ <para>The Formsets view shows forms and their elements on the left side and the dialogue for
+ defining their validation rules on the right side.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Formsets View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_34.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Constants view let you set constant values for your validation rules.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Constansts View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_35.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The validation file can also be viewed in a Tree view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_36.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>At any point you have full control over the source by switching to the Source view.
+ Any editing in this view will immediately be available in other views of the editor.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_37.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also open your own custom or Struts-standard <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">validation-rules.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> file.</para>
+ <para>The Validators view shows the validation rules for a selected validator. You can of
+ course add your own rules.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Validators View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_38.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Here are the validation rules shown in the Source mode.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Validation Rules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_39.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="modules" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/modules.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="modules.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Struts Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Modules</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools support working with Struts projects that have
+ multiple modules. You can easily do the following:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add new modules</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Edit modules for an existing project or during Struts project
+ import</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Now, let's discuss this functionality in more detail.</para>
+ <section id="WhenImportingAStrutsProject432">
+
+ <title>When Importing a Struts Project</title>
+
+ <para>During Struts project import, if the project has multiple modules, you
+ will see a screen with all existing modules. You can select each
+ module and edit its details.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configuring Project Modules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_40.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="EditingModulesInAnExistingProject1">
+
+ <title>Editing Modules in an Existing Project</title>
+ <para>To edit modules in an existing project, right click the project and
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Modules Configuration</property>.
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing Modules Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_41.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You will see the same screen as above where you will be able to select
+ a module and edit its details.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Modules Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_42.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="AddingNewModules1">
+
+ <title>Adding New Modules</title>
+
+ <para>Adding a new module is very simple. First switch to Web Project view.
+ Expand your project to the Configuration folder. Under that folder
+ you should see the current modules. Right click on Configuration and
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Struts Config</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Modules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_43.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You will see the screen below. You can specify a new module name and
+ also add the new Struts configuration file to web.xml file.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Modules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_44.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="code_generation" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/code_generation.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="code_generation.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Struts Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Code Generation</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools comes with a <property moreinfo="none">code generation</property>
+ feature. You can generate stub code for Struts Actions, FormBeans, Forwards
+ and Exceptions.</para>
+
+ <para>The code generation that JBoss tooling provides is based on Velocity templates
+ which can be modified for your use. The templates are located at <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> {JBossStudioHome} > templates >
+ codegeneration</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>There are a number of ways to invoke code generation. One is simply
+ right-clicking the Struts diagram and selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Generate Java Code....</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting Generate Java Code</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_45.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On this screen you can select for which elements to generate code. If you
+ select Next you will be able to specify more options for each of the
+ categories you selected.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generate - Step 1</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_46.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>Please be careful not to override your existing files.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>When generation is complete, a result window will appear letting you know how
+ many classes were generated:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generation Finished</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_47.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You don't always have to generate code for all elements at once. You
+ can invoke generation for just an individual Struts artifact as well.
+ Right-click an element on the diagram of the Struts configuration file and
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Generate Java Code...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the context menu.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generation For Individual Struts Artifact</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_48.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The same can be done from within the Tree viewer for the editor of the Struts
+ configuration file.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generation in Struts Config Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_49.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="config_file_debugger" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/config_file_debugger.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="config_file_debugger.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Struts Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Struts Configuration File Debugger</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Tools come with <property moreinfo="none">Struts configuration file
+ debugger</property>. It allows you to set break points on Struts diagram and
+ then simply launch the server in debug mode.</para>
+
+ <para>Simply right click an Action or a page and select Add <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Breakpoint</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding Breakpoint</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_50.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="page_links_recognizer" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/page_links_recognizer.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="page_links_recognizer.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Customizable Page Links Recognizer</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Custom page links</property> allow you to define custom Struts page
+ links that will be recognizable in the Struts application diagram. You can
+ define these links by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar and then selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Struts > Customization</property>
+ </emphasis> from the Preferences dialog box.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Customization Panel</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/struts/struts_51.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="project_verification" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/project_verification.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="project_verification.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Struts Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Struts Project Verification</title>
+
+ <para>In this section we'll consider one more functionality that JBoss Tools provide for Struts
+ projects, namely adjusting projects verification.</para>
+
+ <para>To configure Struts project verification select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar, select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Verification</property>
+ </emphasis> from the Preferences dialog box and then expand the
+ Struts Rules node.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Rules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Suppose you are working in the Source viewer for a Struts
+ configuration file as shown below:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Configuration File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>While typing a class name or entering it from the graphical editor,
+ you might make a minor typo (like <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"sample.GreetingAction1"</property>
+ </emphasis> instead of <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"sample.GreetingAction"</property>
+ </emphasis>). After saving the file,
+ <property moreinfo="none">verification</property> checks to make sure everything is
+ correct and finds the error below:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error Reporting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_10.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Notice that the Package Explorer View shows a marked folder and a
+ marked file where the error is.</para>
+ <para>You can place the cursor over the line with the error to view a
+ detailed error message:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error Message</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The verification also checks to make sure you have specified the
+ correct JSP page for the forward:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSP Page Verification</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_12.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Once you place the cursor over the line, you can see the error
+ message:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error Message</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You can always invoke the verification by switching to the Diagram
+ viewer, right-clicking and selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Verify</property>
+ </emphasis> from the context menu:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Verify Command</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="rel_resources_links" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/struts/docs/struts_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/rel_resources_links.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="rel_resources_links.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Struts Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+
+ <para>Find out necessary information on <ulink url="http://struts.apache.org/">Struts
+ technology</ulink> if you don't know enough.</para>
+
+ <para>In summary, this reference should help you to get familiar with those parts of
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> which are meant for development with Struts
+ technology. If you've carefully gone through the document, you should know
+ now how to create/import Struts project or enable Struts capabilities for an
+ existing web project as well as organize and edit all necessary staff for your
+ Struts application using a set of views and editors provided by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>If you'd like to contribute your feedback is always appreciated. You can
+ leave your questions and suggestions on our <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">Forum</ulink>.</para>
+</chapter>
+
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13348 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/smooks/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:37:40 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13348
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/smooks/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:37:40 UTC (rev 13348)
@@ -0,0 +1,905 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[
+<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/introduction.xml">
+<!ENTITY quickstart SYSTEM "modules/quick_start.xml">
+<!ENTITY smooksformeditor_graphicaltab SYSTEM "modules/smooksformeditor_graphicalpage.xml">
+<!ENTITY smooksformeditor_configurationtab SYSTEM "modules/smooksformeditor_configurationpage.xml">
+<!ENTITY smooksformeditor_sourcetab SYSTEM "modules/smooksformeditor_sourcepage.xml">
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+
+ <title>Smooks Dev Tools Reference Guide</title>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Xue(Dart)</firstname>
+ <surname>Peng</surname>
+ </author>
+
+ <pubdate>November 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.0.0.CR1
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+ <abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/smooks/pdf/Smooks_Re...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+ <toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/introduction.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>What is Smooks?</title>
+
+ <para><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is a Java Framework/Engine for processing XML and non XML
+ data (CSV, EDI, Java, JSON etc).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para></para>
+ <para>
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="inherit" numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Transformation</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Perform a wide range of
+ Data Transforms. Supports many different Source and Result types
+ -XML/CSV/EDI/Java/JSON to XML/CSV/EDI/Java/JSON.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java Binding</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Bind into a Java Object
+ Model from any data source (CSV, EDI, XML, Java, JSON etc). </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Huge Message Processing</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Process huge
+ messages (GBs) - Split, Transform and Route message fragments to JMS, File,
+ Database etc destinations. Route multiple message formats to multiple
+ destinations in a single pass over a message. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Message Enrichment</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Enrich a message with
+ data from a Database, or other Datasources. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis diffmk:change="added" role="bold"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Combine</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">: Combine the above features in
+ different ways e.g. add Message Enrichment as part of a Splitting and
+ Routing process. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Smooks</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/introduction/introduction1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> For More informations about </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, please visit </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.smooks.org">Smooks official site</ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>What is Smooks dev tools?</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks dev tools is a set of graphical tools for editing Smooks configuration file
+ base on Eclipse.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Smooks form editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/introduction/introduction2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>How to install Smooks dev tools?</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> The Smooks dev tools was included by the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> since 3.0.0
+ Beta1 version. You can download the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> from </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/tools/download/index.html"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">here</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Smooks dev tools (</diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JBoss Tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">) run with the latest Eclipse and
+ other required plug-ins (GEF, EMF, etc.).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> You should download the latest IDE for Java EE developers from this </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">site</diffmk:wrapper></ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. It contains many plug-ins (
+ GEF, EMF, etc. ) required by Smooks dev tools. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="quickstart" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml" xreflabel="Quick Start">
+ <?dbhtml filename="quick_start.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Quick Start</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This "Quick Start" will show how to use the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to create/edit the Smooks
+ configuration file for Java2Java data transformation.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This chapter should give you a brief understanding of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks dev tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <section>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Download Smooks Java-to-Java Example</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Visit </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://www.smooks.org/documentation/documentation-smooks-1-1-x/examples/e...">here</ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> to download the "java-to-java" example project. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> The example project is base on Maven, you suggest you to create a new eclipse
+ Java project and copy the example code and .jar files from the example project paste
+ them into the eclipse Java project. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Configuration File Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select the Smooks Java-to-Java example project what you created and right-click,
+ select the menu </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New > Other</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> then find
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks > Smooks Configuration File</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ Click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Selecting Smooks Configuration File Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The first wizard page is a file path creation page. Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">src</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> folder to be the files container, and input the name
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">newConfig.smooks</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Choosing the configuration file container and the file name</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The second wizard page is a transform data type choose page.</para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> As the quick start introduces how to create/edit the Java-to-Java Smooks
+ configuration file, let's select the</diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java-to-Java</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> type as the source/target transform data type. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Selecting Data Type</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start3.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">On the next page you are prompted to choose the source data for transformation.
+ Let's select the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Order</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> class from the example project as
+ the source JavaBean class.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Selecting the Source Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Then the wizard page asks you to choose the target data for transformation. We select
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">ListOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> class as the target JavaBean class.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Selecting the Target Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"></para>
+
+ <tip diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can omit two these steps and just press
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This will open the empty
+ Smooks Configuration file. It's possible to </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="graphicaleditor_datalink"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">select source/target data</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> afterwards
+ in the Smooks Graph editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section id="quickstart_formeditor">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When all the wizard steps are passed, a new Smooks Configuration file is created and
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will be opened automatically:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start6.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This editor contains several parts: </diffmk:wrapper><table diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The Smooks Editor Parts</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <tgroup cols="2" diffmk:change="added">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*" diffmk:change="added"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="5*" diffmk:change="added"></colspec>
+
+ <thead diffmk:change="added">
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Editor feature</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Functionality</diffmk:wrapper></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody diffmk:change="added">
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Problems area</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If there are any errors when you are editing the file, the
+ Problems area will display them</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Source data tree</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The tree will display the structure of transformed source
+ data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Target data tree</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The tree will display the structure of transformed target
+ data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Mapping graphical area</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Show the data mapping connection lines</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row diffmk:change="added">
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Source/Target data selection links</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry diffmk:change="added">
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Click the link, and </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="graphicaleditor_datalink"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Data Selection wizard</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> will be opened helping you to
+ choose the source/target data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="graphicaleditor_datalink">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Choosing the Source/Target Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To choose the transform data you should make use of the data selection links:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Source Select</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> for selecting source data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Target Select</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> for selecting target data</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">After clicking the link the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Data Type Selection wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will be
+ opened, and there are two data types on the list: Java and XML.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title>Note</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> There will be more and more data types on the list as the development went on.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Data Type Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start7.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> data type and click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you will
+ see the JavaBean class selection page:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JavaBean Data Selection</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start8.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When you select all the necessary java classes, click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and the structure of the java class will be displayed on the source/target
+ data tree.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Displaying the Structure of the Transformed Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start9.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickstart_mapping">
+ <title>Mapping</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> As you see, the source/target data tree displays the structure of the java class. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para>How to map it?</para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">First, you should know what to transform:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="inherit" numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Order#header</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerNumber"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Order#header</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerId"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"price"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitPrice"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productId"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productCode"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Bind the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"quantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitQuantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> property of </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Make sense?</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> OK, let's select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"header"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item on the source data tree and start to drag it. When the drag item
+ crosses the Mapping graphical area, you will see a connection line. Drop the item onto
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerName"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineOrder</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> on the target data
+ view.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Now a dialog is opened asking you to connect the root node:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Dialog Asking You to Connect to the Root Nodes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start10.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Please, click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Yes</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to connect the root node. If you don't do that, this dialog will be
+ opened again when you connect other nodes.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <note diffmk:change="added">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Please, remember that: The root nodes of the source data and target data *MUST* be
+ connected.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">This rule is not only for Java-to-Java, but the same is also relevant for
+ XML-to-Java </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </note>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Now let's do the same operation with the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"customerNumber"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> that is what you
+ should see:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Correctly Mapping Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start11.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next, you are going to bind the properties of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OrderItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to
+ the properties of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">LineItem</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"price"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and drag it onto the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitPrice"</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> of the other side tree viewer. The Problems area will show an
+ error:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Error 1</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start12.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">How to deal with the error?</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Please click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Fix it</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link, a menu is popped-up with several
+ resolve methods on it.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Fixing the Connection Error</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start13.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Select the first resolve method: </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ 'Connect the "OrderItem" to the
+ "LineItem" '.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> As the result the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"OrderItem"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is connected with
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"LineItem"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">But the notify message area still shows some other errors:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Error 2</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start14.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OK, let's deal with the fire error. Click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Fix it</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link and
+ select the first resolve method. The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"orderItems"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is connected with
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"lineItems"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Why does the error occur?</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> You will find that, if you only connect the property node without connecting the
+ parent node of the property, the "connection error" occurs.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The connection of the "price-to-unitPrice" is the
+ "Binding Connection", but it needs an "Instance Creation
+ Connection" - the connection of the
+ "OrderItem-to-LineItem".</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> After that, connect </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"quantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"unitQuantity"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productId"</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">"productCode"</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">:</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Complete Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start15.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Now, you should save the file and the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> will generate the correct
+ configuration file content.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">OK, let run the test class: </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">example.Main</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. (Please, make sure that the Smooks engine
+ loads the correct configuration file).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Success!</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="smooksformeditor_graphicaltab" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_graphicalpage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Graphical Editor Page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_graphicaltab.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Smooks Graphical Editor Page</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Graphical Editor page is one tab of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> This </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Graphical editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> allows you to perform drug/drop operations
+ with the nodes of transform data to map the source data to target data. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> When you save the changes in the Graphical editor the correct Smooks Configuration file
+ content will be generated. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Introducing the areas of graphical editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Information on the topic could be found in the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_formeditor"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Quick Start/Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Load Source/Target Data</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Click the links under the data view, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Data Type Selection wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> page will be
+ shown.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Data Type Selection Wizard Page</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor2.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> There are sets of transform data type on the wizard page, select one type and click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property moreinfo="none">Next</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the data source selection wizard
+ page will be shown.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">For different data type, the Data source selection wizard are different too.
+ </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Java Data Source Selection Wizard Page</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor3.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">XML File Path Selection Wizard Page</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor4.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> When you finish the data selection (file path selection), click
+ </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the data view will display the
+ selected data structure.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Using Graphical Editor for Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To get information on the topic please, read the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_mapping"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Quick Start/Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Error Messages</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When you do any mapping operations, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> validate the
+ file content with "Mapping Logic". If there are any errors of the configuration file
+ content, error messages are shown in the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_formeditor"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Problems
+ area</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Please, read the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="quickstart_mapping"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Quick Start/Mapping</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section to
+ find how to fix the errors.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="graphicalpage_propertiesview">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Properties View</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> You can edit the properties of the connection lines with the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties
+ view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Navigate to </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Window > Show View > Other >
+ Properties</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">,</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> to open the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties
+ view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> When you select on the connection lines, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ will show a set of section GUI for editing the properties of the connection line.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <tip>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">This GUI on the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> is displayed when the Smooks
+ Graphical editor is active, if not, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ displays empty GUI.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If the source data type of the selected connection line is
+ "XML", the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> shows an XML
+ Properties section GUI.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">But if the source data type of the selected connection line is
+ "Java", the XML Properties section GUI isn't
+ displayed.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">It means that if the source/target data type of the selected connection line is
+ different, the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> shows different GUI.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JavaBean Properties Section</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor5.png" scale="90"/>
+
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">XML Properties Section</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor6.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Mapping Properties Section</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/graph_editor/graph_editor7.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+
+
+</chapter>
+<chapter id="smooksformeditor_configurationtab" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_configurationpage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Configuration Editor Page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_configurationtab.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Smooks Configuration Editor Page</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Smooks Configuration Editor Page is one tab of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> You can add/edit/remove the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="configurationpage_datedecoder"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Date
+ Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> on the Сonfiguration page of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks Editor</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> The configuration also edit the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="configurationpage_parsetype"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks parse
+ type</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> and manage the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="configurationpage_importfile"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Import
+ Files</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section id="configurationpage_parsetype">
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Parse Type</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Open the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Other Configurations</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section, we will see there is a set of radio buttons:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Smooks Parse Types</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Select the radio button to change the Smooks parse type. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="configurationpage_importfile">
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Import File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Open the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Other Configurations</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section, there is an </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Import Files</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> list under the Smooks parse type buttons.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Import File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">There are three buttons on the right side of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">File Import</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> list. You can click those to add/edit/remove the import files.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <tip>
+
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> If the import file dosen't exist, the image of the import file will change to
+ "Error Image". If you double-click the import file in the Import File list, the file
+ will be open with a new default editor. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <section id="configurationpage_datedecoder">
+ <title>Date Decoder Detail Page</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Date Decoder is a resourceConfig element in the Smooks configuration file. It
+ describes how to transform the "Date" type.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> Click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button to open the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New Resource Type wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ dialog.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Resource Type Selection Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page4.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">There are several resource type on the list. Select the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and click the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Finish</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button, a new </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item was added and shown on the resource type list.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> There are several parameters in the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> resourceConfig element:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>locale-language</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>format</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>locale-country</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> You can modify the parameters of the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> item with the left detail page.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Date Decoder Detail Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/config_page/config_page5.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> When you defined a new </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Date Decoder</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">, they can use the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="graphicalpage_propertiesview"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JavaBean Properties</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> GUI to set the
+ them to be the "Java type".</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <!--
+ <para> The XML fragment generated by Smooks tools for the "Date
+ Decoder": </para> <para> <programlisting> <![CDATA[<resource-config
+ selector="decoder:DateLong">
+ <resource>org.milyn.javabean.decoders.DateDecoder</resource> <param
+ name="locale-language">en</param> <param name="format">yyy-MM-dd
+ HH:mm:ss</param> <param name="locale-country">IE</param>
+ </resource-config>]]> </programlisting> </para>
+ -->
+ </section>
+ <!--
+ <section id="configurationpage_documenttype"> <title>Document Type
+ Detail Page</title> <para> </para> </section> <section
+ id="configurationpage_unhandleresourceconfig"> <title>Unhandle
+ ResourceConfig</title> </section>
+ -->
+
+
+
+</chapter>
+<chapter id="smooksformeditor_sourcetab" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/smooks/docs/reference/en/modules/smooksformeditor_sourcepage.xml" xreflabel="Smooks Source Editor Page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="smooks_form_editor_sourcetab.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Smooks</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Smooks Source Editor Page</title>
+ <section>
+ <title>XML Source Editor</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">You can use this editor to edit the Smooks Configuration file directly. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/source_editor/source_editor1.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Error Messages GUI</title>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Smooks tools</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> can't understand the configuration
+ file or the configuration file is illegal (XML structure isn't right for Smooks
+ Configuration file, etc.), the error will be underlined.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Graphical Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/source_editor/source_editor2.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <!--note>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para> When the error message panel is displayed, other editors ( Graphical Editor,
+ Configuration Editor ) are disabled. </para>
+ <para> You can't edit the configuration file with other editors until file becomes
+ valid. </para>
+ </note-->
+
+ </section>
+
+
+</chapter>
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13347 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/seam/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:37:12 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13347
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/seam/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:37:12 UTC (rev 13347)
@@ -0,0 +1,2815 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[<!ENTITY intro SYSTEM "modules/intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY creating_new_seam SYSTEM "modules/creating_new_seam.xml">
+<!ENTITY directory_structure SYSTEM "modules/directory_structure.xml">
+<!ENTITY menus_and_actions SYSTEM "modules/seam_menus_and_actions.xml">
+<!ENTITY seam_wizards SYSTEM "modules/seam_wizards.xml">
+<!ENTITY generate_entities SYSTEM "modules/generate_entities.xml">
+<!ENTITY seam_editors SYSTEM "modules/seam_editors.xml">
+<!ENTITY seam_view SYSTEM "modules/seam_view.xml">
+<!ENTITY seam_preferences SYSTEM "modules/seam_preferences.xml">
+<!ENTITY adding_seam_support_to_ear_project SYSTEM "modules/adding_seam_support_to_ear_project.xml">
+<!ENTITY crud_database_application SYSTEM "modules/crud_database_application.xml">
+<!ENTITY crud_application_walkthrough SYSTEM "modules/crud_application_walkthrough.xml">
+<!ENTITY business_application SYSTEM "modules/business_application.xml">
+<!ENTITY testng SYSTEM "modules/testng.xml">
+
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+
+
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Dev Tools Reference Guide</title>
+ <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 3.0.0.CR2
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/seam/pdf/Seam_Refere...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+<chapter id="intro" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/intro.xml" xreflabel="intro">
+ <?dbhtml filename="intro.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <section>
+
+ <title>What is Seam?</title>
+ <para>This introduction will help you to understand what is <property moreinfo="none">Seam</property>.</para>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Seam</property> is a fully featured application framework on top of Java EE
+ 5. It is also one of the most popular enterprise Java framework today. Seam deeply
+ integrates many other standard-based or open source frameworks (e.g., JSF, EJB3, JMS,
+ Web Services, jBPM, JBoss Rules, Ajax4jsf, RichFaces, Facelets, Spring, iText, Quartz,
+ TestNG, etc.), and provides a single programming model for developers to
+ "drive" those underlying frameworks via simple annotated POJOs (Plain
+ Old Java Objects). It makes life easier for developers to tackle complex enterprise
+ applications with many component frameworks.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Installation into Eclipse</title>
+
+ <para>Here, we are going to explain how to install Seam plugin into Eclipse.</para>
+
+ <para>Seam is a one module of JBoss Tools project. Since Seam has a dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to install
+ a bundle of all <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download/index.html">JBoss Tools plug-ins</ulink>. Installation instruction you can find on JBoss Wiki in <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">InstallingJBossTools</ulink> section.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://seamframework.org/">Seam Framework</ulink> - Next generation enterprise Java development.</para>
+ <para>All latest release versions of JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="create_seam" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/creating_new_seam.xml" xreflabel="create_seam">
+ <?dbhtml filename="create_new_seam.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Creating a New Seam Project via the New Seam Project wizard</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we provide you with the necessary steps to start working with Seam
+ Framework.</para>
+ <para>At first, we suggest setting the specific Seam perspective that combines a number of
+ different views and editors needed for work with resources concerned. For that select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other > Seam</property>
+ </emphasis> or you can also access it through the button in the right top corner.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Perspective</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_0.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="standaloneSeam" role="updated">
+ <title>Create standalone Seam Web Project</title>
+ <para>The best way to get started with Seam is to organise a simple Seam Project and
+ experiment with it by creating variations.</para>
+ <para>Thus, you should select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam Web Project</property>
+ </emphasis> to run the <property moreinfo="none">New Seam Project</property> wizard. The wizard form
+ allows you to create runtime and server instances in order to get started creating,
+ running, and debugging J2EE (only) applications.</para>
+ <para>Seam Web Project wizard has an option for selecting the actual Server (not just WTP
+ runtime) that will be used for the project. This allows the wizard to identify correctly
+ where the required datasource and driver libraries need to go.</para>
+ <para>Let's get through the wizard step-by-step. First, you should enter a name and
+ a location directory for your new project.</para>
+ <figure float="0" id="figure_create_seam1">
+ <title>New Seam Project Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> section will bring you to
+ another dialog. Here, you can specify a new JBoss Server Runtime environment or the
+ other type of runtime appropriate for configuring your project. Let's create one more
+ JBoss 4.2 Runtime. Hence, after choosing it click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Target Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>All what you need here is to name runtime, type the path to its install directory or
+ locate it by using <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
+ </emphasis> button, select a Java Runtime Environment, and select which configuration
+ you want.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Target Runtime Configurations</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> returns you to the <link linkend="figure_create_seam1"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New Seam Project
+ wizard page</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. The next step is to define a Server that you can do
+ by clicking on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section. In appeared </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New Server
+ dialog</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> the last server which matches the runtime will be selected.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">All declared runtimes are listed in the combo box
+ under the servers view. Here, you can indicate a server
+ runtime that you need. Click </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Add</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> if you want to add a new Server Runtime.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Target Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Next page allows you to verify the information for chosen server.
+ Leave everything as it is and click on </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Server Configurations</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">On the last wizard step you can modify your projects to configure them on the Server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Modification for Configuring on the Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>Once you have the Target Server defined click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button to return to the first page of the <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New Seam Project
+ wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>We suggest that you look through our <ulink url="../../as/html_single/index.html"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">AS manager
+ guide</diffmk:wrapper></ulink> to find out more about runtimes and servers.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Completion of Runtime and Server Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The last section on this wizard step is <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">. Here, you
+ can select one of the pre-defined project configurations either associated with Seam 1.2, Seam 2.0 or with Seam 2.1. Furthermore, you can create your own configuration by pressing the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modify...</property>
+ </emphasis> button. It will open the dialog which allows to configure your own set of
+ facets for adding extra functionality to your project.</para>
+
+ <para>Pass to the next section to find out more details on this dialog.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="projectFacets">
+ <title>Select the Project Facets</title>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets wizard</property> allows you to enable or disable
+ specific facets which define necessary characteristics for the project. In time you
+ switch to this wizard form, all critical facets are already checked for the chosen
+ Configuration.</para>
+
+ <para>Notice that this page of the wizard also allows you to set the necessary version for
+ any facet. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Facets Selection</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Moreover, here you can specify your own preset of selected facets by checking needed
+ ones in project facets window and clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Save</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Custom Facet Preset</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To see all available Server runtimes click on <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property> tab on the
+ left. You can create a new one using the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
+ </emphasis> button. If more than one runtimes are checked here, the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property>
+ </emphasis> button won't be dimmed yet. So you can make use of it to mark
+ primary runtime.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtime Manipulations</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ok</property>
+ </emphasis> button will bring you to the <property moreinfo="none">Web Module</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> wizard form
+ again.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="configureWebModule">
+ <title>How to Configure Web Module Settings</title>
+
+ <para> As we deal with a Dynamic Web Application we should first specify the top level
+ directory of our application for deploying it to a server afterwards. You know, this
+ kind of application contains both Web and Java code resources. Thus, it's also important
+ to indicate the content directory as well as Java source directory. The wizard will put
+ all those values itself. So you can leave everything as it is.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Web Module Settings</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Choose <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> to switch to the next wizard form.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="addJSFCapab">
+ <title>Adding JSF Capabilities</title>
+
+ <para>This wizard helps you to add JSF capabilities into your project for representing
+ appropriate behaviours associated with JSF. </para>
+ <para>Checking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied JSF Implementation</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> means that you will have a default JSF implementation given by
+ server.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding JSF Capabilities to Web Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In case when you want to use your custom JSF implementation check a lower radio
+ button. You are able to create a library of jars by clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ <para>Here, it's necessary to type a <property moreinfo="none">Library Name</property>, select a
+ <property moreinfo="none">Version Supported</property> and add proper <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Library
+ jars</diffmk:wrapper></property>. Then click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to complete the choice.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create JSF Implementation Library</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the Component Libraries section of the wizard you can also add <property moreinfo="none">Component
+ Libraries</property> (e.g. <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces">Richfaces</ulink>). Just click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
+ </emphasis> button. Appeared dialog will ask you to type the Library name, supported
+ version and add necessary jar's. Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to complete the choice.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create JSF Implementation Component Library</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The last wizard options allows to edit a path for <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JSF Configuration
+ File</diffmk:wrapper></property>, a name for <property moreinfo="none">JSF Servlet</property>, <property moreinfo="none">JSF Servlet
+ Classname</property> and change <property moreinfo="none">URL Mapping Patterns</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Capabilities Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Finally, as we are arranging the Seam Web project, the last step we should do is to
+ adjust project configurations associated with the Seam.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="seamFacet">
+ <title>Configure Seam Facet Settings</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">The last wizard step is related to Seam facet and allows you to do the
+ following:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Facet Settings</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create Seam runtime and define Seam home folder.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>For that click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">General</property> section. Notice that in this
+ wizard presented below you can create a Seam runtime only for that version which was
+ selected in the <link linkend="projectFacets">Project Facets</link> wizard (version 1.2
+ in our case).</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Runtime Creation</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select EAR or WAR deployment by checking a necessary radio button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Database Type</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Runtime Creation</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>and then specify a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Connection profile</property>
+ </emphasis> appropriate for your database.</para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Profile Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can edit chosen profile by using <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property>
+ </emphasis> button or organise a new one by clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
+ </emphasis> button and selecting necessary for you type of connection profile.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Profile Selecting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the other dialog you'll be asked to enter its name and description. And
+ then you should select a proper driver and adjust connection details. Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> to preview all the adjusted settings and complete the creation of the new
+ profile.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Details</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The next block of settings in the Seam Facet wizard are describing a Database and a
+ connection to it.</para>
+ <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Code Generation</property> section the wizard have already put the
+ names for your <property moreinfo="none">Session Bean</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Entity Bean</property> and
+ <property moreinfo="none">Test</property> packages. Of course, you can change them into the others
+ which you like.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Generation Section</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/create_new_seam/create_seam_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to generate a project.</para>
+
+ <para></para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="directory_str" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/directory_structure.xml" xreflabel="directory_str">
+ <?dbhtml filename="directory_structure.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Directory Structure of the Generated Project</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter we describe where the Seam wizard puts the generated files for both EAR
+ and WAR deployments.</para>
+ <para>The Seam Project wizard generates projects like Eclipse WTP style in order to utilize
+ Eclipse WTP features and to have a correct classpath. To be more precise it generates one
+ project per artifact.</para>
+
+ <section id="WAR">
+ <title>WAR Deployment</title>
+
+ <para>The project layout for WAR projects is:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Layout for WAR projects</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_1.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>A WAR project can only use Seam JavaBean and JPA Entity bean components; it cannot use
+ EJB3 Session beans etc.</para>
+ <para>WAR projects are generated to enable Seam 1.2.1 war hotdeploy feature. Classes put
+ into <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/action</property>
+ </emphasis> will be deployed to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">WEB-INF/dev</property>
+ </emphasis> from which Seam 1.2.1 automatically will perform hotdeploy of new
+ components.</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Because of Eclipse WTP limits the hot deployed classes also existed in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">WEB-INF/classes</property>, </emphasis> but since Seam gives <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">WEB-INF/dev</property>
+ </emphasis> precedence it will work.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Furthermore the Seam Project wizard generates a test project that is setup to run
+ <link linkend="testNG">TestNG</link> directly against the proper libraries and
+ server runtime libraries. When the TestNG plugin is installed you can just run your
+ tests via <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > TestNG Test</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>In order to deploy WAR project on server, right-click on the project and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property>.</emphasis> Studio will deploy
+ WAR project into one web application on server to <property moreinfo="none">deploy</property> folder.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="EAR">
+ <title>EAR Deployment</title>
+ <para>The project layout for EAR projects is:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Project Layout for EAR projects</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/directory_structure/directory_structure_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>An EAR project can use the whole range of Seam components, including EJB3 Session
+ beans.</para>
+ <para>In order to deploy EAR project on server, right-click on the project with
+ <property moreinfo="none">-ear</property> postfix and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property>.</emphasis> Studio will take care
+ about all modules and deploy EAR project into one enterprise application on server to
+ <property moreinfo="none">deploy</property> folder. EAR application keeps <property moreinfo="none">ejb</property>
+ and <property moreinfo="none">war</property> modules of the EAR project.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="renaming_projects_folders">
+ <title>Renaming the Projects and Folders</title>
+
+ <para>If you need to rename one of the Seam Project artifacts
+ (<emphasis><project_name></emphasis>,
+ <emphasis><project_name>-test</emphasis>,
+ <emphasis><project_name>-test</emphasis> or
+ <emphasis><project_name>-ejb</emphasis>) or any entire folder like
+ <emphasis><project_name>/WebContent</emphasis>,
+ <emphasis><project_name>/ejbModule</emphasis>,
+ <emphasis><project_name>-test/test-src</emphasis>, or project name in
+ packages <emphasis>org.domain.<project_name>.session</emphasis>,
+ <emphasis>org.domain.<project_name>.entity</emphasis>, you can do this
+ by brining the context menu and navigating <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Refactor > Rename...</property>
+ </emphasis> or just pressing <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Shift + Alt + R</property>
+ </emphasis> under the chosen resource.</para>
+
+ <para>Use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Refactor > Move...</property>
+ </emphasis> (or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Shift + Alt + V</property>
+ </emphasis>), if you need to move
+ <emphasis><project_name>/WebContent</emphasis> folder,
+ <emphasis><project_name>/ejbModule</emphasis> folder or
+ <emphasis><project_name>/test-src</emphasis> folder in the other place
+ within the Project structure.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="menus_and_actions" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/seam_menus_and_actions.xml" xreflabel="menus_and_actions">
+ <?dbhtml filename="seam_menus_and_actions.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>menus</keyword>
+ <keyword>actions</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Menus and Actions</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter we provide a description of Seam actions that are available from</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Menu bar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Toolbar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Context menus in views</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+
+ <section id="file_menu">
+
+ <title>File Menu Actions</title>
+
+ <para>In a Seam perspective, by default there are the following actions in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New</property>
+ </emphasis> submenu</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Seam Actions in the New Submenu</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Function</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Web Project</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Runs <link linkend="standaloneSeam">New Seam Project</link> wizard
+ for creating a new Seam project </para>
+ </entry>
+
+
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Action</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Runs <link linkend="seam_action">New Seam Action</link> wizard for
+ creating a new Seam action </para>
+ </entry>
+
+
+ </row>
+
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Form</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Runs <link linkend="seam_form">New Seam Form</link> wizard for
+ creating a new Seam form </para>
+ </entry>
+
+
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Entity</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Runs <link linkend="seam_entity">New Seam Entity</link> wizard for
+ creating a new Seam entity </para>
+ </entry>
+
+
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Conversation</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Runs <link linkend="seam_conversation">New Seam
+ Conversation</link> wizard for creating a new Seam conversation
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+
+
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Generate Entities</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Runs <link linkend="generate_entities">Generate Seam
+ Entities</link> wizard</para>
+ </entry>
+
+
+
+ </row>
+
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="navigate_menu">
+ <title>Navigate Menu Actions</title>
+
+ <para>In the next sections we are going to describe Seam actions which can help you to
+ easily navigate through the source code.</para>
+
+ <section id="find_seam_ref_decl">
+
+ <title>Find Seam References/Declarations</title>
+
+ <para>To find EL expretions both in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.java</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.xhtml</property>
+ </emphasis> files use Find Seam References/Declarations actions. For that, in the main menu bar click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Search > Find Seam References</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Find Seam Declarations</property>.</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Look at the description of the actions in the table below.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Find Seam References/Declarations actions</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Function</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Keyboard Shortcut</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Find Seam References</property>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Find Seam Declarations</property>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Find all references and declarations to the selected element.
+ It's available for EL expressions in both .java and .xhtml
+ files. Differs from normal Eclipse Find References/Declarations
+ by showing an EL or Seam references in the Search View. </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Ctrl+G</para>
+ <para>Ctrl+Shift+G</para>
+ <para>also Ctrl + 1 for .java files</para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+
+ <para>On the screenshot example below you could see that the search results are listed
+ in the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Search view</property>.
+ </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Find Seam Declaration for "Identity"</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_menus_and_actions/menus_and_actions1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use Ctrl + 1 in .java files to activate the actions:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Find Seam References for "Identity"</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_menus_and_actions/menus_and_actions2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="open_seam_component">
+ <title>Open Seam Component</title>
+
+ <para>To open Seam Components click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Navigate > Open Seam
+ Component</property></emphasis> in the main menu bar. This dialog is also available from toolbar
+ icon or with hot keys combination "Ctrl+Shift+Z ".</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Open Seam Components icon</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_menus_and_actions/menus_and_actions3_0.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the table below read a description about the dialog.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Open Seam Components Dialog</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Name</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Function</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Keyboard Shortcut</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open Seam Components</property>
+ </para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Brings up the Open Seam Component dialog to open a component
+ in the editor. The Open Seam Component selection dialog shows
+ all Seam components existing in the workspace. You can search
+ the components via their short, imported or full name.</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Ctrl+Shift+Z</para>
+
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>Enter a name in the text field and see the results as it shown on screenshot: </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Open Seam Components Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_menus_and_actions/menus_and_actions3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="seam_wizards" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/seam_wizards.xml" xreflabel="seam_wizards">
+ <?dbhtml filename="seam_wizards.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Wizards</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter introduces you with Seam Components.</para>
+ <para>All the Seam component generations options known from Seam-gen are available as wizards (with sensible auto-defaulting)
+ for creating various common Seam components:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para><property moreinfo="none">Seam Action</property></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><property moreinfo="none">Seam Form</property></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><property moreinfo="none">Seam Entity</property></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><property moreinfo="none">Seam Conversation</property></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Go to <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New</property></emphasis> and select the component wizard.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Component Wizards</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The wizards create multiple resources and place it in the appropriate folders depending on your project structure (WAR or EAR).</para>
+ <para>Let's create a WAR project using the New Seam Project wizard.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Project WAR Deployment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After the project is created you need deploy it on server.</para>
+
+
+ <section id="seam_action">
+
+ <title>New Seam Action</title>
+
+ <para>In this and following sections you can see example creating Seam Components.</para>
+ <para>To create a New Seam Action you should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>,
+ <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> button.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Seam Action Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can see the action page in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder. Click on it to open in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Action Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_5.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>You don't need to restart the server to see how the action component works. Just use context menu
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Action component was hot-deployed. Forms and Conversations will work the same way.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Action Component</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="seam_form">
+ <title>New Seam Form</title>
+
+ <para>Click on <property moreinfo="none">actionMethod</property> in the internal browser and add a form in your project using the New Seam Form wizard
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam Form</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>,
+ <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> button.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Seam Form Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Form Page was created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Form Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_8.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Deploy the form on server. Right click on Form Page, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Form Component</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Form component was hot-deployed.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="seam_conversation">
+ <title>New Seam Conversation</title>
+
+ <para>Enter some value in the text field (e.g. <property moreinfo="none">value1</property>) and click on <property moreinfo="none">formMethod</property>.</para>
+ <para>Add a conversation using the New Seam Conversation wizard
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam Form</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Seam component</property>, <property moreinfo="none">POJO class</property>,
+ <property moreinfo="none">Method</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Page</property> and select a <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> button.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Seam Conversation Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Conversation page was created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Conversation Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_11.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Right click on Conversation page, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Conversation Component</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Conversation component was hot-deployed.</para>
+ <para>Click on <property moreinfo="none">Begin</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Increment</property> buttons to check the conversation functionality.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section id="seam_entity">
+ <title>New Seam Entity</title>
+
+ <para>Entities cannot be hot-deployed, so we need to stop the server.</para>
+ <para>Create an Entity using the New Entity wizard <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam Entity</property>.</emphasis> </para>
+
+ <para>You should select a necessary project, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Entity class</property>, select a
+ <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> using <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> button, type a name for <property moreinfo="none">Master Page</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Page</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Seam Entity Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Master Page and the Entity were created in <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> folder.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Master Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_14.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Entity page is:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Entity Page in JBoss Tools HTML Editor.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_15.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Run the Entity page on server. This is what you get:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Customer Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Let's create two customers <property moreinfo="none">c1</property> and <property moreinfo="none">c2</property>. Enter the name in the text field and press the <property moreinfo="none">Save</property> button.
+ Customer should be successfully created. Press <property moreinfo="none">Done</property>. Do the same for <property moreinfo="none">c2</property> customer. The result should be:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Two Customers Are Created</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_wizards/seam_wizards_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="generate_entities" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/generate_entities.xml" xreflabel="generate_entities">
+ <?dbhtml filename="generate_entities.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Generate Entities</title>
+
+ <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to tell you about Seam Generate Entities.</para>
+ <para>Generate Entities is available directly from within Eclipse using Hibernate Tools plugin for the standard seam-gen generation.</para>
+ <para>Generate Entities generates a set of CRUD Seam components and web pages based on existing tables in a database or on existing entities in your application.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generate Seam Entities Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/generate_entities/generate_entities1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the Generate Seam Entities wizard there are two generation modes: Reverse Engineer from database
+ and Use existing entities.</para>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Reverse Engineer from database</property> mode can be described in four steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="ignore">
+ <listitem><para>The wizard gets in database, extracts the tables and
+ their connections</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>On basis of this metainfomation the Entity classes are generated into
+ <property moreinfo="none">org.domain.project.entity</property> package</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>For the entities from step 2 the classes <property moreinfo="none">EntityList</property> and <property moreinfo="none">EntityHome</property> are generated
+ into <property moreinfo="none">org.domain.project.session</property> package</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>The xhtml pages are generated.</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>
+ Checking the <property moreinfo="none">Use existing entities</property> mode the wizard executes only 3 and 4 steps. It generates missing classes and
+ xhtml pages.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>Read the <link linkend="crud_database_application">Generate a CRUD Database Application</link> chapter in order to see how the <property moreinfo="none">Generate Seam Entities</property> wizard can be used.</para>
+
+
+ </chapter>
+
+
+
+<chapter id="seam_editors" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/seam_editors.xml" xreflabel="seam_editors">
+ <?dbhtml filename="seam_editors.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Editors Features</title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In this chapter you will know what Seam Editors features are and how to work with them. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section id="ContentAssist">
+
+ <title>Content Assist</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> (Ctrl + Space) is available when using EL variables in the following file formats:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSP</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>XHTML</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>XML</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JAVA</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Notice, the code completion for the Seam components shows the proposals marked with Seam icon.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_1.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">To get Code Assist available for an externally generated and imported project,
+ don't forget to enable Seam features and configure Seam Settings in </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="project_pref">Project Preferences</link>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <section diffmk:change="added" id="components_code_assist" role="new">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Content Assist for components.xml</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">While you are editing a </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">components.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> file you can make use of the Content Assist for inserting needed
+ elements.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Content Assist in the component.xml Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_1a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The editor also makes code completion aware of methods/attributes for EntityQuery
+ component.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Content Assist for EntityQuery Component</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_1b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="OpenOn">
+ <title>OpenOn</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> let's you easily navigate through your project without
+ using the Package Explorer or Project Explorer. After pressing </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Ctrl + left click</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> (or just F3) you will see a corresponding method or class.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="SeamValidation">
+ <title>Seam Validation</title>
+
+ <para>Validation of various possible problematic definitions is implemented for Seam
+ applications.</para>
+
+ <para>If an issue is found it will be showed in the standard <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Problems
+ View</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Validation</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_6.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>In the preferences page for Seam Validator you can see and modify the validator
+ behavior. Go to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > Seam > Validator</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> and select the severity level for the optional Seam Validator
+ problem.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Validator Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">On WTP projects validation are enabled by default and thus executed automatically, but
+ on normal Java projects you will have to go and add the Validation builder to your
+ project . It is available in the properties of your project under
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">Validation</property>. The validations can be run manually by clicking
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validate</property> via the context menu on your project which will
+ execute all the active WTP validations.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ComponentsEditor">
+ <title>Structured components.xml Editor</title>
+
+ <para>When editing <property moreinfo="none">components.xml</property> a structured tree editor is available
+ in addition to pure source editing. It has a graphical view (Tree tab) and source
+ (Source tab).</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>component.xml Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+
+ <para>You can view and edit <property moreinfo="none">components.xml</property> and other xml files
+ directly in the Project Explorer and Properties sheet without opening the
+ components.xml editor.</para>
+ </note>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>component.xml Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_editors/seam_editors_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="seam_view" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/seam_view.xml" xreflabel="seam_view">
+ <?dbhtml filename="seam_view.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Views</title>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Seam Components View</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter introduces you with Seam Components View.</para>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Seam Components View</property> is available from Seam perspective. It provides a list of seam components found in a project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Components View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Seam Components View can show a components default scope in two ways:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>as labels on each component (click on the triangular symbol at the top of the Seam Components View page and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Scope Presentation > Label</property></emphasis>)</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>As label</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>as a node per scope where the components are grouped under a node representing its default scope.</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>As node</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Seam Packages can be presented in two ways:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Flat</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Flat Presentation of Seam Packages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Hierarchical</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Hierarchical Presentation of Seam Packages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The Seam Component View can be filtered by choosing <property moreinfo="none">Customize View</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Customize View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Seam Components from Libraries</property></emphasis> under the Filters tab.
+ This will make the view ignore components defined in jars. This will hide the many built-in Seam components and leave only those that are actually defined in the project or have been actively configured via components.xml. Therefore, deselecting the filter will show you all available components.</para>
+ <para>Selecting the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Seam Components from Referenced Projects</property></emphasis> will hide the components that dependent on other project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Available Custimozations</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Project Explorer integration</title>
+
+ <para>If you don't like to have a view for every piece of information in Eclipse, the content of the Seam Components view is also available as a node in the built-in Project Explorer (not Package Explorer!) view in Eclipse.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Components in Project Explorer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_view/seam_view_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="seam_preferences" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/seam_preferences.xml" xreflabel="seam_preferences">
+ <!-- mark as new -->
+ <?dbhtml filename="seam_preferences.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Seam</keyword>
+ <keyword>Preferences</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Seam Preferences</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter you get to know how Seam preferences can be modified during the
+ development process.</para>
+
+ <section id="gen_pref">
+ <title>General Preferences</title>
+
+ <para>Seam preferences can be set using the Seam preference page. Click on
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web >
+ Seam</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>On this page you can manage the Seam Runtime. Use the appropriate buttons to
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add</property> more runtimes or to <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> those that
+ are not needed.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Preferences Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Clicking on <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> button you get the form where you can change the
+ path of Seam runtime home folder, modify name and version. Press
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> to apply the changes.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Edit Seam Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences1_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="validator_pref">
+
+ <title>Validator Preferences</title>
+
+ <para>Seam preference page includes a subsection <property moreinfo="none">Validator</property>. See
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > Seam >
+ Validator</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>On this page you can choose a severity level for the various Seam validator
+ problems. For example, if you want to ignore the case when component name is
+ duplicated expand the <property moreinfo="none">Components</property> node and select
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ignore</property> next to <property moreinfo="none">Duplicate component
+ name</property>. After that you won't see the error.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Validator Preference Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences1_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the upper right corner of the page there is a <property moreinfo="none">Configure Project
+ Specific</property> link. Clicking on it you get the form where you can choose a
+ project for specific setting. Project specific configuration allows you to have
+ different validator settings for each project. Check the <property moreinfo="none">Show only
+ projects with project specific settings</property> if you want to see the
+ projects that have been already set. Click on <property moreinfo="none">Ok</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Specific Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences1_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You get the validator properties page for chosen project. Check the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Enable project specific settings</property> to be able to change the
+ settings.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>You can open the same page by right clicking on the needed project in Package
+ Explorer, then <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties > Seam
+ Validator</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ </note>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Validator Properties Page for Chosen Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences1_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="project_pref">
+ <title>Project Preferences</title>
+
+ <para>Once Seam project is created you can modify its settings. Right click on Seam project
+ in Project Explorer and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties > Seam
+ Settings</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>This project properties page allows you to have a flexible project layout. It means
+ that you are not restricted with a specific project structure. You can use the Seam
+ wizards (New Action, Form, Entity, etc.) on Maven, command line seam-gen or your own
+ project structure. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Properties for Seam Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>The wizard doesn't allow the renaming of the artifacts listed in the Seam
+ Settings. It's possible to do in the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property>.
+ See <link linkend="renaming_projects_folders">Renaming the Projects and
+ Folders</link>.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Also notice, you are not required to use the <property moreinfo="none">New Seam Project wizard</property>
+ to benefit from Seam artifact wizards. You can just enable Seam on your existing project
+ by checking <property moreinfo="none">Seam Support</property> and targeting to Seam Runtime, and then
+ configure the folders as you want.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Properties for Seam Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences2_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>On the figure above fields for configuring Seam artifacts are dimmed because Seam
+ Runtime is not selected.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>In Seam Wizards (New Action, Form, Entity, Conversation, Generate Entities) you can
+ get a quick access to project settings using the <property moreinfo="none">Settings</property> link in
+ the upper right corner of each wizard.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Settings Link</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_preferences/seam_preferences2_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter diffmk:change="added" id="adding_seam_support_to_ear_project" role="new" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/adding_seam_support_to_ear_project.xml" xreflabel="adding_seam_support_to _ear_project">
+ <?dbhtml filename="adding_seam_support_to _ear_project.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo diffmk:change="added">
+ <keywordset diffmk:change="added">
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">EAR</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam</diffmk:wrapper></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"></keyword>
+ <keyword diffmk:change="added"></keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding Seam support to EAR project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">From this chapter you will find out how to add Seam support to EAR project</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">For example you have several WTP projects:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> seamproject-ear (You can create WTP EAR project using New -> Project -> Java EE -> Enterprise Application Project wizard)</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> seamproject-ejb (You can create WTP EJB project using New -> Project -> EJB -> EJB Project wizard)</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added"><para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> seamproject-war (You can create WTP WEB project using New -> Project -> Web -> Dynamic Web Project wizard)</diffmk:wrapper></para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <tip diffmk:change="added"><title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tip</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can add as many EJBs modules as you want just doing the same for each EJB project.</diffmk:wrapper></para></tip>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">WTP Projects</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/wtp_projects.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Make sure EJB and WAR are included in EAR as modules (Properties for seamproject-ear -> Java EE Module Dependencies)</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java EE Module Dependencies</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/java_ee_module_dependencies.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Make sure there is jboss-seam.jar in application.xml as well:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Java EE Module Dependencies</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/application_xml_with_jboss-seam_jar.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Then include libs from EAR to EJB Manifest Class-Path (Properties for seamproject-ejb -> Java EE Module Dependencies)</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Including Libs from EAR to EJB Manifest Class-Path</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/including_libs_from_ear_to_ejb_manifest_class-path.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Include libs from EAR and seamproject-ejb.jar to WAR Manifest Class-Path (Properties for seamproject-war -> Java EE Module Dependencies)</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Including Libs from EAR and seamproject-ejb.jar to WAR Manifest Class-Path</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/including_libs_from_ear_to_war_manifest_class-path.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Thus we have set our WTP EAR/EJB/WAR projects and now we are ready to add Seam support to them:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">First you have to add Seam support to WAR project: Properties for seamproject-war -> Seam Settings</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding Seam Support to WAR Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/adding_seam_support_to_war_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Set seamproject-war as Main Seam project. All other settings mostly are used by New Seam Entity/Action/Form/Conversation/... Wizards. Thus you can set them as you wish.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Then you can add Seam support to EJB project: Properties for seamproject-war -> Seam Settings</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding Seam Support to EJB Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/adding_seam_support_to_ejb_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">It&s important to set seamproject-war project as main Seam project there.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">It will allow Seam Tools to use one common Seam model for seamproject-ejb and seamproject-war projects.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The last step is to clean/build the projects</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">That is all. You have added Seam support to your EAR project. </diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Added Seam Support to EAR Project</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/adding_seam_support_to_project/added_seam_support_to_ear_project.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter diffmk:change="added" id="crud_database_application" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/crud_database_application.xml" xreflabel="crud_database_application">
+ <?dbhtml filename="crud_database_application.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>CRUD</keyword>
+ <keyword>Database Application</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Generate a CRUD Database Application</title>
+ <section>
+ <title>What is CRUD?</title>
+ <para>
+ <property moreinfo="none">CRUD</property> is an acronym for the four basic types of SQL commands: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Read</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Update</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis>. Most applications have some kind of <property moreinfo="none">CRUD</property>
+ functionality, and we can assume that every programmer had to deal with
+ <property moreinfo="none">CRUD</property> at some point. A <property moreinfo="none">CRUD</property> application is
+ one that uses forms to get data into and out of a database. </para>
+ <para> In the next section we will create <link linkend="intro">Seam</link> Web application,
+ connect it to the <ulink url="http://www.hsqldb.org/">HSQL</ulink> database and add
+ <property moreinfo="none">CRUD</property> support. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>How to create the CRUD Database Application with Seam</title>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>First, you should <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/resources/">download</ulink> a database and start it by running <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">./runDBServer.sh</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">runDBServer.bat</property>
+ </emphasis> from the database directory.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new Seam Web Project using <property moreinfo="none">New Seam Project
+ wizard</property> or main menu <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam Web
+ Project</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Web Project Creation</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_01.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Name your project as <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">crudapp</property>, </emphasis> specify Target Runtime, Server and
+ Seam Runtime configuration. Then press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> and follow the next wizard steps keeping default settings.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Seam Project Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_02.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>Please have a look <link linkend="create_seam">here</link> how to create Target
+ Runtime and Seam Runtime in order to get started creating, running, and debugging
+ J2EE applications.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam Facet</property>
+ </emphasis> page click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
+ </emphasis> next to the <property moreinfo="none">Connection profile</property> section to
+ create a new <property moreinfo="none">Connection profile</property>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Facet page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_03.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On <property moreinfo="none">New Connection Profile</property> dialog select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HSQLDB</property>
+ </emphasis> connection profile type, name it <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">cruddb</property>
+ </emphasis> and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New JDBC Connection Profile</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_04.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On the next page click the round icon next to the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Drivers</property>
+ </emphasis> field to select a database driver.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New JDBC Connection Profile Database Driver</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_06.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now you should see the <property moreinfo="none">New Driver Definition</property> dialog. On
+ the first tab select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HSQLDB JBDC Driver</property>. </emphasis> Underneath in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Driver name</property>
+ </emphasis> field you can change its name if you need.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Database Driver Type</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_07.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You may notice the note on the previous figure. It prompts that you should
+ specify the driver of the type you pointed. Set the location of the driver by
+ switching to the next tab and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add JAR/Zip</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Driver Definition</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_09.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property> tab set the
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Connection URL</property>,</emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Database Name</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">User ID</property>
+ </emphasis> and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Driver Definitions Properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> to submit the newly created driver you can observe and if you need
+ edit all specified connection details.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Driver and Connection Details</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Test Connection</property>
+ </emphasis> to be sure that connection can be established.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JDBC Connection is OK</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Validate <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JDBC Connection profile</property>
+ </emphasis> settings and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Back</property>
+ </emphasis> if something is wrong.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Validate JDBC Connection settings</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> two projects <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">crudapp</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">crudapp-test</property>
+ </emphasis> will be created.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>CRUDAPP Seam Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Have a look at the created projects. You can expand
+ <property moreinfo="none">WEB_CONTENT</property> folder and open
+ <property moreinfo="none">home.xhtml</property> or <property moreinfo="none">login.xhtml</property> with
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Visual Editor</property>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>login.xhtml in VPE</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Switch to <property moreinfo="none">Database Development</property> perspective with <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window->Open Perspective->Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> and connect to the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">cruddb</property>
+ </emphasis> database.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connecting to the CRUDDB database</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_16.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Expand <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">cruddb</property>
+ </emphasis> nodes to view its <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Schemas</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tables</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Columns</property>
+ </emphasis> etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>CRUDDB Database</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_17.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Switch back to the <property moreinfo="none">Seam</property> perspective. From the toolbar
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New->Seam Generate Entities</property>
+ </emphasis> to create a set of <property moreinfo="none">CRUD</property> Seam components and web
+ pages based on existing tables in the database. On the first page of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Generate Seam Entities</property>
+ </emphasis> wizard keep everything by default and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generate Seam Entities</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Refresh</property></emphasis> to display all the tables from the
+ database.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Dialog for Selecting Tables</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_18a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now you can filter the tables. Use the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Include</property>
+ </emphasis> button to include only necessary ones.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting Tables</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_18b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Under <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
+ </emphasis> folder you can find all generated <property moreinfo="none">xhtml</property>
+ files:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Entities Web Pages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_19.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>And under <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src</property>
+ </emphasis> folder java classes are created.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Entities Java Classes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Switch to <property moreinfo="none">Hibernate</property> perspective with <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window->Open Perspective->Other...</property>.
+ </emphasis> On <property moreinfo="none">Hibernate Configurations</property> view expand the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">crudapp</property>
+ </emphasis> configuration. Right click on <property moreinfo="none">Customers</property> and
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open Mapping Diagram</property>
+ </emphasis> from the popup menu.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Hibernate Configurations View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_21.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Observe the <property moreinfo="none">Mapping Diagram</property> opened in the editor. Here
+ you can see the relations between models and database tables. For better
+ navigating on the diagram use the <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Mapping Diagram</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_22.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For example, select <property moreinfo="none">Customers</property> entity, right click and
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open Source File</property>.
+ </emphasis> This will open the <property moreinfo="none">Customers.java</property> file in the
+ java editor. You can also do this by right-clicking on the same entity on the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Mapping Diagram</property>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Entity class from Mapping Diagram</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_database_application/crud_database_application_23.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>So far, you are ready to deploy your application to JBoss Application Server. This
+ is described in the next chapter.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="crud_application_walkthrough" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/crud_application_walkthrough.xml" xreflabel="crud_application_walkthrough">
+ <?dbhtml filename="crud_application_walkthrough.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>CRUD</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss AS</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>The CRUD Application Walkthrough</title>
+ <para>After you familiarized oneself with example of creating the CRUD Database Application with
+ Seam, you can read this charter.</para>
+ <section>
+ <title>Using CRUD Application</title>
+ <para>To run your CRUD Application you should do the following steps:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Run a project on the Server. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer View </property>
+ </emphasis> right click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">crudapp</property>
+ </emphasis> project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> Run As > Run on
+ Server</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Run Project on Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_1.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select a Server and click <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select a Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Home page of the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">crudapp</property>
+ </emphasis> project should appear in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Web Browser</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Home page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_4.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After that you can use CRUD application with
+ <property moreinfo="none">"employee"</property> database.</para>
+
+ <para>You can use internal JBDS Web Browser or your external Web Browser with the same link
+ (<ulink url="http://localhost:8080/crudapp/home.seam">http://localhost:8080/crudapp/home.seam</ulink>). </para>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Employees List</property>
+ </emphasis> link and observe that data from <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">employee</property>
+ </emphasis> database is displayed.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Employees List</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Use <property moreinfo="none">Employees search parameters</property> fields to filter the selected
+ list.</para>
+
+ <para> Press <property moreinfo="none">Select</property> opposite one of employees.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Employee details</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para> Press <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> to edit employee fields.</para>
+ <para> Enter <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Login</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Password</property>
+ </emphasis> to login. (Use
+ <emphasis>"crudapp-user"/"secret"</emphasis> for
+ example)</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Login page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Edit Employee</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/crud_application_walkthrough/crud_application_walkthrough_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para> Fill in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">firstname</property>
+ </emphasis> and press <property moreinfo="none">Save</property>.</para>
+ <para> Database will be updated.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="testNG" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/seam/docs/reference/en/modules/testng.xml" xreflabel="testNG">
+ <?dbhtml filename="testNG.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>testNG</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Using TestNG project</title>
+ <para>With the help this chapter you will get to know with TestNG.</para>
+ <section>
+ <title>What is TestNG?</title>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">TestNG</property> ("Testing, the Next Generation") is a
+ Java unit testing framework that aims to overcome many limitations of JUnit. TestNG
+ introduces some new functionalities that make it more powerful and easier to use, such
+ as:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JDK 5 Annotations (JDK 1.4 is also supported with JavaDoc annotations)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Flexible test configuration</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Support for data-driven testing (with @DataProvider)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Support for parameters</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Allows distribution of tests on slave machines</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Powerful execution model (no more TestSuite)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Supported by a variety of tools and plug-ins (Eclipse, IDEA, Maven,
+ etc...)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Embeds BeanShell for further flexibility</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Default JDK functions for runtime and logging (no dependencies)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Dependent methods for application server testing</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>More information can be found on home page: <ulink url="http://testng.org">www.testng.org</ulink></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="OtherRelevantResourcesOnTheTopic5">
+ <?dbhtml filename="OtherRelevantResourcesOnTheTopic5.html"?>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.artima.com/lejava/articles/testng.html">Next-Generation Testing
+ with TestNG (An Interview with Cedric Beust)</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.javaworld.com/javaworld/jw-04-2005/jw-0404-testng.html">TestNG:
+ The next generation of unit testing</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://dev2dev.bea.com/pub/a/2006/09/testng-categorization.html">Test
+ Categorization Techniques with TestNG</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www-128.ibm.com/developerworks/java/library/j-testng/">TestNG makes
+ Java unit testing a breeze</ulink>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www-128.ibm.com/developerworks/java/library/j-cq08296/index.html">In
+ pursuit of code quality: JUnit 4 vs. TestNG</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>How to use the generated Seam-test project to run Seam tests?</title>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new Seam Web Project with EAR deployment using the New Seam Project
+ wizard.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After a project is created you will have the generated Seam-test project that
+ is setup to run TestNG directly against the proper libraries and server runtime
+ libraries.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam-test Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add Seam Action to your project via <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > New > Seam
+ Action</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Action Creation</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Fill out the wizard fields. New Seam Action wizard will create resources and
+ place them in the appropriate folders dependent on EAR project structure.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Seam Action Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When Action is created you will see <property moreinfo="none">actionPage.xhtml</property> in
+ Package Explorer view. <property moreinfo="none">ActionBean.java</property> will be
+ automatically opened in Java Editor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Created Action</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_8.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <property moreinfo="none">ActionLocalTest.xml</property> in Seam-test project and run
+ the test with right click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run As > TestNG
+ Suite</property>.</emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Running TestNG</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The test process will start and its output will be written in Console View.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Test is Finished</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_10.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>After running TestNG you will have the test results in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">test-output</property>
+ </emphasis> folder in Seam-test project (press F5 to refresh the Package
+ Explorer view). Open <property moreinfo="none">index.html</property> file with Web Browser or
+ simply use the TestNG view.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The below view shows a successful run of the test.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Viewing the Test Results</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_11.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>You can see the test results in Web Browser.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Test Results in Browser</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_12.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ActionLocal Tests</property>
+ </emphasis> link you will see the Results for ActionLocal Tests.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Test Information</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_13.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select a result on the left-hand pane and its details will be displayed on the
+ right-hand one.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>ActionLocal Test Details</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/testng/testng_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Thus with Seam tooling you can easily take advantage of TestNG framework. As you can
+ see, it generates its own TestNG project as a separate module within which you can
+ easily monitor the tests execution and their output.</para>
+
+ <para>In conclusion, the main goal of this document is to get you know with a full featureset
+ that <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provides to support Seam development. Thus if you have
+ some questions, comments or suggestions on the topic, please fell free to ask in the <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss
+ Tools Forum</ulink>. You can also influence on how you want to see JBoss Tools docs in
+ future leaving your vote on our page <ulink url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossToolsDocsFuture">here</ulink>. </para>
+
+ <para>A set of movies on Seam tooling is available <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+ <!-- TODO: drools used in this section is not available for eclipse .3.3 &business_application; -->
+
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13346 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/portlet/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:36:49 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13346
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/portlet/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/portlet/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/portlet/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/portlet/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:36:49 UTC (rev 13346)
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[<!ENTITY intro SYSTEM "modules/intro.xml">
+<!ENTITY installation SYSTEM "modules/installation.xml">
+<!ENTITY starting_project SYSTEM "modules/starting_project.xml">
+<!ENTITY jsf_portlet SYSTEM "modules/jsf_portlet.xml">
+<!ENTITY seam_portlet SYSTEM "modules/seam_portlet.xml">
+<!ENTITY portlets_to_nonWTP_projects SYSTEM "modules/portlets_to_nonWTP_projects.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>JBoss Portal Tools Reference Guide</title>
+
+ <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Snjezana</firstname><surname>Peco</surname><email>snjezana.peco(a)redhat.com</email></author>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+ <author><firstname>Thomas</firstname><surname>Heute</surname><email>theute(a)jboss.org</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>September 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 1.0.0.CR1
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jboss_portal_tools_r...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+
+<chapter id="intro" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/portlet/docs/reference/en/modules/intro.xml" xreflabel="intro">
+ <?dbhtml filename="intro.html"?>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>Starting from 3.0.0.Alpha1 version, JBoss set of plugins extends <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property>
+ features. Thus, this guide is intended to explain you how to manage the functionality
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provide to ease the development with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Portal</property>.</para>
+
+ <section id="preface">
+ <title>Preface</title>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property> provides an open source platform for hosting and
+ serving a portal's Web interface, publishing and managing its content, and customizing
+ its experience. It supports a wide range of features, including standard portlets,
+ single sign-on, clustering, and internationalization.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="key_features">
+ <title>Key Features</title>
+ <para>The next table lists key features supplied by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Key Functionality of JBoss Portal Tools</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="5*"></colspec>
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Feature</entry>
+ <entry>Benefit</entry>
+ <entry>Chapter</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Wizards for creating Projects with Portlet Facets</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>New Dynamic Web Project wizard allows you to select a proper
+ Configuration to enable Portlet Facet in it.</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="creating_project_with_jbossportal">Creating a Dynamic
+ Web Project</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Create Java Portlet wizard</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>The wizard enables creating a JSR-186/JSR-286 compliant
+ portlet.</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="adding_java_portlet">Adding Java Portlet to a
+ project</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Create JSF/Seam Portlet wizard</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>This wizard allows to create JSF/Seam portlets</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="jsf_portlet">Creating JSF Portlet</link>
+ <link linkend="seam_portlet">Creating Seam Portlet</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="rel_resources">
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossportal/">JBoss Portal Home Page</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossPortal">JBoss Portal Wiki</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/tools/">JBoss Tools Home Page</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss Tools Forum</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">The latest
+ JBossTools/JBDS documentation builds</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/devstudio/docs">Stable JBossTools/JBDS
+ documentation</ulink> (supplied with the latest JBDS release, 1.1.0 GA
+ currently) </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="installation" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/portlet/docs/reference/en/modules/installation.xml" xreflabel="installation">
+ <?dbhtml filename="installation.html"?>
+ <title>Installation issues</title>
+
+ <para>This section provides you with the steps on how to start with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Portal</property> and integrated features using <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>First, you need to have Eclipse Ganymede with JBoss Tools 3.0.0.Alpha1 and higher installed.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>Read <ulink url="../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html#JBossToolsInstall">JBoss Tools
+ Installation</ulink> section in our Getting Started documentation to find out
+ how to install <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> onto Eclipse.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Next, download the JBoss Portal + JBoss AS bundle from <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossportal/download/index.html">JBoss Portal Download
+ page</ulink></para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>You need JBoss Portal 2.7 if you want to work with a Portlet 2.0</para>
+ </note>
+
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Extract the bundle wherever you want on your hard drive</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Now, when you have it installed, we are going to demonstrate some powerful features of
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property> tooling for Eclipse.</para>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="starting_project" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/portlet/docs/reference/en/modules/starting_project.xml" xreflabel="starting_project">
+ <?dbhtml filename="starting_project.html"?>
+ <title>Starting the Project with JBoss Portal</title>
+
+ <para>To get started with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property> and <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Tools</property>, you should first have a Web Project pointed to the JBoss Portal Runtime.
+ Thus, in this chapter we are going to show you how to create a Dynamic Web Project, add Java
+ Portlet to it and deploy it to the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property>.</para>
+
+ <section id="creating_project_with_jbossportal">
+ <title>Creating a Dynamic Web Project</title>
+
+ <para>To create a Dynamic Web Project, go to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Dynamic Web Project</property>
+ </emphasis> if you are in the <property moreinfo="none">Web Perspective</property> or <property moreinfo="none">File >
+ New > Other > Web > Dynamic Web Project</property> in any other Perspective. The
+ first page of the New Dynamic Web Project wizard looks as follows.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Fill out the name of your project. Next, click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis> section to specify a new Target Runtime. Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis> and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Server Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the next page you should give a name to the runtime. Let's call it <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal 2.7 Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis>, and then point it to the location of your JBoss AS + Portal
+ installation.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+
+ <para>The JBoss Tools Portlet feature has been tested using 2.6.5 and 2.7.0.ALPHA
+ versions of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property>. Remember, if you want to use Portlet
+ version 2.0 (JSR-268), you have to choose JBoss Portal 2.7.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Target Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>On the next step you should click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
+ </emphasis> button next to the <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section to enable
+ Portlet Facets for the project.</para>
+
+ <!--para>where it's also necessary to set the project
+ Configuration. <property>JBoss Tools</property> (starting from 3.0.0.Alpha1) support the
+ JSR-168 Portlet Specification (Portlet 1.0), JSR-286 Portlet Specification (Portlet
+ 2.0). Thus you can choose <emphasis>Portlet Project v1.0</emphasis> or <emphasis>Portlet
+ Project v2.0</emphasis>.</para-->
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Setting the Project Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On this page you should check the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Core Portlet</property>
+ </emphasis> and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Enabling the Portlet Facet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_4_a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The last wizard page is for configuring web modules. Here all values are set, so you
+ can leave everything as it is.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Project Web Modules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.</emphasis>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>That's it! Our base project is done.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="structure_overview">
+ <title>The Project Structure Overview</title>
+
+ <para>Now, let's look at the structure of the just created project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Project Structure Overview</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here <property moreinfo="none">JBoos Tools</property> added JBoss Portlet facet to the project,
+ created an empty <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">portlet.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> file and added the Portlet library to the project classpath.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="adding_java_portlet">
+ <title>Adding a Java Portlet to the Project</title>
+
+ <para>At this point we'll show what the steps you need to proceed to add a new Java
+ Portlet to the project.</para>
+
+ <para>Call the <property moreinfo="none">Create Portlet wizard</property> by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other > JBoss Tools Web > Portlet > Java
+ Portlet</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Java Portlet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The wizard fills in the Web Project and Source Folder fields for you. Then you need to
+ specify the Java package and the Class name and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Class File Destination</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the other page you will be able to set the display name of the Portlet, a title, a
+ description, the supported modes and init parameters.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Class File Destination</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the next screen you can define which methods from
+ <emphasis>GenericPortlet</emphasis> you want to override.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Class File Destination</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The last screen lets you build <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property> specific descriptors
+ to create an instance during the deployment and place it directly on the Portal.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Specifying Class File Destination</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+
+ <para>If you uncheck the <emphasis> Create Portlet Instance</emphasis> checkbox,
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> won't create the deployment elements
+ in the <emphasis> default-object.xml</emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ portlet-instances.xml</emphasis> files.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Once Java Portlet is created, new resources have been added to the project structure.
+ As you can see on the figure below, it adds a Java Portlet class (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">TestPortlet.java</property>
+ </emphasis> in our case), <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">default-object.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">portlet-instances.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> files and updates <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">portlet.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> as well.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The structure of Web Project with Java Portlet created</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Thus, now the Project is ready to be built and deployed.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="deploying_to_portal">
+ <title>Deploying a Portlet to JBoss Portal</title>
+
+ <para>You can deploy the created project in the way you deploy any other Web Application.
+ Right click on the project and do <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run On Server</property>
+ </emphasis> and accept the defaults. On the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property>
+ </emphasis> page move the created Project to the right and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Deploying the Portlet Application</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>It will deploy the Portlet Web Application and start <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ AS</property>.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+
+ <para>You should use <emphasis>http://localhost:8080/portal</emphasis> URL to see your
+ Portlet in the Browser.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>In the Browser the Portlet looks as follows:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Java Portlet in the Browser Window</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/starting_project/starting_project_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Consequently, here you learnt how to create a Dynamic Web Project, add Java Portlet to
+ it and deploy the project to <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portal</property>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="jsf_portlet" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/portlet/docs/reference/en/modules/jsf_portlet.xml" xreflabel="jsf_portlet">
+ <?dbhtml filename="jsf_portlet.html"?>
+ <title>Creating JSF Portlet</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter will explain how you can configure JSF Portlet within Dynamic Web
+ Project and JSF Project by using the wizards <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provides.</para>
+
+ <section id="jsf_portlet1">
+ <title>Adding JSF Portlet to Dynamic Web Project</title>
+
+ <para>To add JSF Portlet to a Dynamic Web Project, you should set the Configuration to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JavaServer Faces v1.1 Project</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JavaServer Faces v1.2 Project</property>
+ </emphasis> and configure the JSF Portlet Facets in the <property moreinfo="none">New Dynamic Web
+ Project wizard</property> by clicking the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Setting the JSF Configuration</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the Project Facets dialog you should select <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Core Portlet</property>
+ and <property moreinfo="none">JBoss JSF Portlet</property> check boxes.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Enabling the Portlet Facets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Next wizard page is for configuring JSF Capabilities. You can leave everything as it
+ is here.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Capabilities</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To support Portlets in JSF/Seam applications <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> works
+ with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Portlet Bridge</property>. Thus on the next page you should add JSF Portlet
+ capabilities by pointing to the Portletbridge Runtime location.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Capabilities</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+
+ <para>You can download JBoss Portlet Bridge 1.0.0.B4 from <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/portletbridge/download/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Next click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to organize the Project.</para>
+ <para id="add_jsf_portlet">To add JSF Portlet to generated project you should call the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create Portlet wizard</property> by navigating to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other > JBoss Tools Web > Portlet > JSF/Seam
+ Portlet</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Calling New Portlet Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As you see, the Seam and JSF Portlet wizards are merged into one. We set JSF
+ Configuration for the project, so default values in this wizard will be set as for a JSF
+ portlet.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating JSF Portlet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> to complete JSF Portlet creation. Now you can deploy the project the same
+ way as it was <link linkend="deploying_to_portal">described above</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>In the Browser JSF Portlet looks as follows.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Portlet in the Browser</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="jsf_portlet_to_JSF_project">
+ <title>Adding JSF Portlet to JSF Project</title>
+
+ <para>How to organize a JSF Project you can find out in our <ulink url="../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#new_jsf_project">JSF Tools Reference Guide</ulink>. Just
+ remember to point Target Runtime to JBoss Portal directory location.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating New JSF Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Before adding a Portlet to the project you should enable necessary facets for it.
+ Right-click the created project and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property>
+ </emphasis> to open the <property moreinfo="none">Project Preferences</property> screen.</para>
+ <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property> page select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Core Portlet</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss JSF Portlet</property>
+ </emphasis> checkboxes. And then the screen will ask you to enable <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JavaServer Faces</property>
+ </emphasis> facet as well.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Facets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Notice, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Further configuration required..."</property>
+ </emphasis> warning appears at the bottom of the screen. It means that you should click
+ it to configure JSF and JSF Portlet Capabilities in the project.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Capabilities</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Facets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_portlet/jsf_portlet11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After setting the path to Portletbridge Runtime location, click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> again.</para>
+
+ <para>Now you can add JSF Portlet to the generated JSF Project. How to do it we showed in
+ <link linkend="add_jsf_portlet">the previous section</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="seam_portlet" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/portlet/docs/reference/en/modules/seam_portlet.xml" xreflabel="seam_portlet">
+ <?dbhtml filename="seam_portlet.html"?>
+ <title>Creating Seam Portlet</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter covers the steps on how to configure Seam Portlet within Dynamic Web
+ Project and Seam Project by using the wizards <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provides.</para>
+
+ <section id="seam_portlet1">
+ <title>Adding Seam Portlet to Dynamic Web Project</title>
+
+ <para>To add Seam Portlet to a Dynamic Web Project first you should organize New Dynamic Web
+ Project with the Configuration setting to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Seam Portlet Project v2.0</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Calling New Portlet Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>It will add all needed facets to your project. By clicking the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property>
+ </emphasis> button you can observe the chosen configuration of facets as well as modify
+ it. As you can see, all JBoss Portlets are checked.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Facets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Next wizard pages are for adjusting the Project Web Modules and JSF Configuration.
+ They include default values, so you can skip them by pressing <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Seam Facet</property> page <ulink url="../../seam/html_single/index.html#seamFacet">set
+ Connection Profile</ulink> and hit <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Facet Settings</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Last wizard page will prompt you to set the path to Portletbridge Runtime
+ location.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Setting the Portletbridge Runtime</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+
+ <para>Thus you should have JBoss Portlet Bridge downloaded and extracted somewhere on
+ your hard drive. You can download JBoss Portlet Bridge 1.0.0.B4 from <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/portletbridge/download/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>Now, to add Seam Portlet to the project you should follow to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other > JBoss Tools Web > Portlet > JSF/Seam
+ Portlet</property>.</emphasis> This will call the wizard for creating JSF/Seam
+ Portlets.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Calling the Create Portlet Wizard</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As we set Seam Configuration for the Dynamic Web Project, the wizard puts the values
+ as for Seam Portlet.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating Seam Portlet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After creating the Seam Portlet, you should <link linkend="deploying_to_portal">deploy
+ the project to JBoss Portal</link> and start the Server. In a Browser
+ you'll see the following:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Portlet in the Browser</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="seam_portlet_to_seam_project">
+ <title>Adding Seam Portlet to Seam Project</title>
+
+ <para>First start a Seam Project by following to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other > Seam > Seam Web Project</property>. </emphasis> On the first
+ wizard page specify JBoss Portal directory location as <property moreinfo="none">Target
+ Runtime</property> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Seam Portlet Project v2.0</property>
+ </emphasis> as <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Facets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/seam_portlet/seam_portlet8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Next steps will be the same as we did for the Dynamic Web Project in the <link linkend="seam_portlet1">Adding Seam Portlet to Dynamic Web Project</link>
+ section.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="portlets_to_nonWTP_projects" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/portlet/docs/reference/en/modules/portlets_to_nonWTP_projects.xml" xreflabel="portlets_to_nonWTP_projects">
+ <?dbhtml filename="portlets_to_nonWTP_projects.html"?>
+ <title>Adding Portlets to non-WTP Projects</title>
+
+ <para>Starting from <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools 3.0.0.Beta1</property> version the JBoss Portlet
+ wizards no longer require a WTP project to be able to create Portlets.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Please note, if the project does not have the proper portlet API jar's, the generated
+ classes will have compile errors.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>In conclusion, with this document you've learnt how to get started with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Portal</property> using <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> suite of Eclipse plugins.
+ The above chapters walked you through the steps on how to organize a web project with
+ portlets which includes a sample staff and deploy it onto the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Portal</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>If you still have questions or suggestions you are always welcome on our <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">Forum</ulink>. Your feedback will be very much appreciated.</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13345 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/userguide/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:36:23 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13345
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/userguide/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:36:23 UTC (rev 13345)
@@ -0,0 +1,4212 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[
+<!ENTITY Visual_Web_Tools SYSTEM "modules/Visual_Web_Tools.xml">
+<!ENTITY springTools SYSTEM "modules/spring_tools.xml">
+<!ENTITY editors SYSTEM "modules/editors.xml">
+<!ENTITY palette SYSTEM "modules/palette.xml">
+<!ENTITY web_projects SYSTEM "modules/web_projects.xml">
+<!ENTITY preferences SYSTEM "modules/preferences.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY migrationlink "../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html">
+
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>Visual Web Tools Reference Guide</title>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 2.0.0.CR2
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jsf/pdf/Visual_Web_T...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+<toc></toc>
+
+
+<chapter id="Visual_Web_Tools" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/Visual_Web_Tools.xml" xreflabel="Visual_Web_Tools">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Visual_Web_Tools.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>Web Tools</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Visual Web Tools</title>
+
+ <para>This guide covers the usage of Visual Web Tools in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
+ Studio</property> and <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. The difference between these products is
+ that JBoss Tools are just a set of Eclipse plugins where JBoss Developer Studio adds the following functionality:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>an installer</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Eclipse and Web Tools preconfigured</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss EAP with JBoss AS and Seam preconfigured</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>3rd party plugins bundled and configured</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>access to RHEL and Red Hat Network</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>access to the JBoss/Red Hat supported software</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>For additional information, please visit the JBoss Developer Studio home page at: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/devstudio">http://www.jboss.com/products/devstudio</ulink>.</para>
+
+ <para>In JBoss Tools there is an extensive collection of specialized wizards, editors and views
+ that can be used in various scenarios while developing Web applications. The following chapters
+ walk through these features.</para>
+
+ <section id="key_features">
+ <title>Key Features of Visual Web Tools</title>
+ <para>Here is the table of the main features of Visual Web Tools:</para>
+
+ <table>
+
+ <title>Key Functionality for Visual Web Tools</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Feature</entry>
+ <entry>Benefit</entry>
+ <entry>Chapter</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Visual Page Editor</entry>
+ <entry>Powerful and customizable visual page editor. Possibility to develop an application
+ using any web technology: jsf, seam, struts, jsp, html and others. Developing using four
+ tabs: visual/source, visual, source and preview. Fast and easy switching between these tabs.
+ Split screen design of visual and source views. Full and instant synchronization between
+ source and visual views. Integration with properties and outline views. Graphical toolbar to
+ add inline styling to any tag.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="visual_page">visual page editor</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>JBoss Tools Palette</entry>
+ <entry>Organizing various tags by groups, inserting tags into a jsp or xhtml page with one
+ click, adding custom or 3rd party tag libraries into the palette, easy controling the number
+ of tag groups shown on the palette.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="palette">jboss tools palette</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Web Projects View</entry>
+ <entry>Visualizing and displaying projects by function. Easy selecting of different kinds of
+ items and dropping them into jsp pages. Using context menus to develop the application. Using
+ icon shortcuts to create and import JSF and Struts projects. Expanding and inspecting tag
+ library files. Selecting custom and third-party tag libraries to drag and drop onto the JBoss
+ Tools Palette.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="web_projects">web projects view</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>OpenOn</entry>
+ <entry>Easy navigation between views and other parts of your projects.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="OpenOnSelection4Hyperlinknavigation">openOn</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Content Assist</entry>
+ <entry>Code completion proposals while working with html, java, JavaScript , xml, jsp, xhtml, xhtml, seam project
+ and jsf configuration files. Content assist based on project data (dynamic code assist); with
+ graphical editor. Code completion for values from property files, beans attributes and
+ methods, navigation rule outcomes and jsf variables.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="CodeAssistAndDynamicCodeAssist42BasedOnProjectData">content assist</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Drag-and-Drop</entry>
+ <entry>Possibility of inserting any tag onto the page you are editing by just drag-and-droping
+ it from the palette to this page. Adding any properties, managed bean attributes, navigation
+ rules, tag library file declarations, jsp files from web projects view by clicking them and
+ draging to source code.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="visual_page">visual page editor</link>
+ <link linkend="DragAndDrop">drag-and-drop</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>RichFaces Support</entry>
+ <entry>Tight integration between JBDS and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces">RichFaces</ulink> frameworks. Easy managing RichFaces
+ components in any web application. Support for RichFaces and Ajax4jsf libraries in JBoss
+ Tools Palette. Rendering RichFaces components in Visual Page Editor.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="RichFacesSupport">RichFaces support</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+<section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/devstudio/docs">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+</section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="springTools" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/spring_tools.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="springTools.html"?>
+ <title>Spring Tools</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio is bundled with <ulink url="http://springide.org/project">Spring IDE</ulink> for Eclipse.
+ Visit Spring IDE site for the latest versions and documentation.</para>
+
+
+ <section>
+ <title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide">Spring IDE guide</ulink></title>
+
+ <para><ulink url="http://springide.org/project">Spring IDE</ulink> is a graphical user interface for the configuration files used by the <ulink url="http://www.springframework.org/">Spring Framework</ulink>. It's built as a set of plugins for the Eclipse platform.</para>
+
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#AddProjectNature">Add Spring Project Nature</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#CreateNewProject">Create New Spring Project</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#AddProjectReferences">Add References To Other Spring Projects</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#AddBeansConfigs">Add Spring Beans Config Files</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#CreateBeansConfigSets">Create Spring Beans Config Sets</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#OpenSpringExplorer">Open Spring Explorer</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#ValidateBeansConfig">Validate Spring Beans Config</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#OpenBeansGraph">Open Spring Beans Graph</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+ <section><title><ulink url="http://springide.org/project/wiki/SpringideGuide#SearchBeans">Search Spring Beans</ulink></title><para></para></section>
+
+ </section>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="jbds_editors" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/editors.xml" xreflabel="jbds_editors">
+ <?dbhtml filename="editors.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBDS</keyword>
+ <keyword>Editor</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Editors</title>
+
+ <para>In the <ulink url="../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">JSF Tools Reference Guide</ulink> and <ulink url="../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">Struts Tools Reference Guide</ulink> you had possibility to
+ read about Graphical Editor for <ulink url="../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#jsf_config_file">JSF</ulink>
+ and <ulink url="../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#struts_config_editor">Struts</ulink> configuration
+ files, <ulink url="../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#GraphicalEditorForTilesFiles132">Graphical Editor for
+ Tiles Files</ulink>, <ulink url="../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#GraphicalEditorForStrutsValidationFiles86">Graphical Editor for
+ Struts Validation Files</ulink>. All these editors have <link linkend="OpenOnSelection4Hyperlinknavigation">
+ <property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property>
+ </link> and <link linkend="CodeAssistAndDynamicCodeAssist42BasedOnProjectData">
+ <property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property>
+ </link> features, which are described in more details in this document. In addition you get
+ to know a <link linkend="visual_page">Visual Page Editor</link> for combined visual and
+ source editing of Web pages and many <link linkend="more_editors">other editors</link> for
+ different types of files.</para>
+
+ <section id="editors_features">
+
+ <title>Editors Features</title>
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio has powerful editor features that help you easily navigate
+ within your application and make use of content and code assist no matter what project
+ file (jsp, xhtml, xml, css, etc...) you are working on.</para>
+
+ <section id="OpenOnSelection4Hyperlinknavigation">
+
+ <title>OpenOn</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property> lets you easily link directly from one resource to
+ another in your project without using the Package Explorer view (project tree). With
+ OpenOn, you can simply use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">F3</property>
+ </emphasis> or <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl+Click</property>
+ </emphasis> on a reference to another file and the file will be opened.</para>
+
+ <para>OpenOn is available for the following files:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="XMLFiles232">XML files</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSPPages223">JSP/XHTML Pages</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Java files</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section id="XMLFiles232">
+
+ <title>XML Files</title>
+
+ <para>Press and hold down the Ctrl key. As you move the mouse cursor over different
+ file references in the file, they display an underline. When you hover the name
+ of the file you want to open, click and the file will open in its own editor. In
+ this example the managed bean NameBean will open.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>NameBean Managed Bean</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>This is the result of using OpenOn.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>NameBean Java Class</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You can also use OpenOn with defined attributes.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With Defined Attributes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You can also open any JSP pages.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSP Page OpenOn</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="JSPPages223">
+
+ <title>JSP Pages</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property> is also very useful in JSP pages. It will allow
+ you to quickly jump to the reference instead of having to hunt around in the
+ project structure.</para>
+
+ <para>You can easily open the imported property files.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With Imported Property Files</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Use OpenOn to open a CSS file used with a JSP page:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With CSS File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Open managed beans:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With Managed Beans</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>For JSP files in a JSF project, you can also easily open the navigation rules
+ by applying <property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property> to the JSF tag for the navigation
+ outcome:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With JSF Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Richfaces tags <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><rich:insert></property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><a4j:include></property>
+ </emphasis> has also <property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property> support.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With Richfaces Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>OpenOn With A4j Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="CodeAssistAndDynamicCodeAssist42BasedOnProjectData">
+
+ <title>Content Assist</title>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Content assist</property> is available when working with</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="../../seam/html_single/index.html#ContentAssist">Seam project files</ulink>
+ </para>
+
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSFProjectFiles3087">JSF project files</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="StrutsProjectFile46s3">Struts project files</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSPPages434">JSP files</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="ContentAssistForRF">RichFaces components</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#ESBContentAssist">ESB XML files</ulink>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Notice, that code completion for EL variables has icons illustrating what they are from.
+ Currently it's performed for resource bundles, JSF and Seam components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">JSF Content Assist</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8d.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Seam Content Assist</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_8c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Also, as you can see, the ranking and sorting are available in EL code completions.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <section id="JSFProjectFiles3087">
+
+ <title>JSF Project Files</title>
+
+ <para>When working with JSF project in JBoss Developer Studio, you can use various
+ <property moreinfo="none">Content Assist features</property> while developing:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Content Assist for XML, JSP and JSF configuration files</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Content Assist based on project data</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Content Assist with graphical JSF editor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section id="ContentAssistForXMLJSPAndJSFConfigurationFiles865">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for XML, JSP and JSF configuration files</title>
+
+ <para>At any point when working with any XML, JSP and JSF configuration files
+ Content Assist is available to help you. Simply type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>
+ </emphasis> to see what is available.</para>
+
+ <para>Content Assist for JSF configuration file:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist in JSF Configuration File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_9.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Content Assist for JSF JSP file:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist in JSP File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_10.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Content Assist for other JSF XML project files (web.xml shown):</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist in web.xml File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_11.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistBasedOnProjectData86">
+
+ <title>Content Assist Based on Project Data</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio takes Content Assist to the next level. Studio will
+ constantly scan your project and you will be able to insert code into the
+ JSP page from your project that includes:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Values from Property files</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Managed beans"</property>
+ </emphasis> attributes and methods</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Navigation Rule Outcomes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSF variables (context, request etc...)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The figure below shows how to insert message from a Properties files. You
+ simply put the cursor inside the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"value"</property>
+ </emphasis> attribute and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>. </emphasis> JBoss Developer Studio will
+ scan your project and show a list of possible values to insert.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Inserting Message</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>In the following screenshot we are inserting a <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Managed bean"</property>
+ </emphasis> attribute value. Again, by simply clicking
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>,</emphasis> JBoss
+ Developer Studio will show a list of all possible values that you can
+ insert.</para>
+
+ <para>Once you select a Managed bean, it will show you a list of all available
+ attributes for the selected Managed bean (userBean).</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Attributes List</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Code Assist based on project data will also prompt you for navigation
+ rules that exist in your JSF configuration file.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistWithinJSFGraphicalEditor44">
+
+ <title>Content Assist within Tree JSF Editor</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio also provides Content Assist when working within
+ the Tree JSF configuration editor. Just click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist in Tree JSF Configuration Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_15.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <!--
+
+ <para>If a field contains right class name and you click a link near the
+ field you will come to the file with this class otherwise a new Java
+ Class dialog will be shown:</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>New Java Class</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
+ fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_16.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>If you entered an incorrect name in the field error markers will be
+ shown for field labels and tree items:</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Error Markers</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
+ fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_17.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To add a new property to a managed bean expand <emphasis>
+ <property>Managed Beans</property>
+ </emphasis> and select <emphasis role="bold">
+ <property><name_of_bean></property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property>Add</property>
+ </emphasis> button in the Properties panel</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the dialog Add Property define a new property. From here
+ also you can generate setters and getters methods:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Create New Property</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
+ fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_18.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Here you can also add an additional navigation rule to the
+ faces-config.xml file.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property>Navigation Rules</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property>Add</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the dialog <emphasis>
+ <property>Add Rule</property>
+ </emphasis> define a view and give a name to the rule. Click
+ Finish:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Add New Navigation Rule</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata
+ fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_19.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ -->
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="StrutsProjectFile46s3">
+ <title>Struts Project Files</title>
+ <para>Content Assist features are available when you work with Struts
+ projects.</para>
+
+
+ <section id="ContentAssistForStrutsConfigurationFile75">
+
+
+ <title>Content Assist for Struts Configuration File</title>
+
+ <para>Content Assist helps you in Struts Configuration file.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistForStrutsJSPFile07">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for Struts JSP File</title>
+
+ <para>Using Code Assist in Struts JSP file is shown below.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts JSP Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_21.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="JSPPages434">
+
+ <title>JSP Pages</title>
+
+
+ <section id="ContentAssistForJSFTags96">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for JSF Tags</title>
+ <para>JBDS provides full code completion for JSF tags:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Tags Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_22.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>When the tag is selected the required attributes, if there any, are
+ already inserted and the cursor is located to the first attribute. At this
+ point you can ask for attribute proposals.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Attributes Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_23.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistForJSTLTags6332">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for JSTL Tags</title>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSTL Tags Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_24.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistForHTMLTags7454">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for HTML Tags</title>
+ <para>Content assist for HTML tags has the same mechanism as for JSF
+ tags:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>HTML Tags Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_25.png" scale="60"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You can use as well attributes proposals for HTML tags:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>HTML Tags Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_26.png" scale="60"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistForJavaScriptTags67433">
+
+ <title>Content Assist for JavaScript Tags</title>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JavaScript Tags Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_27.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssistForRF">
+
+ <title>RichFaces components</title>
+ <para>JBDS indeed provides code completion for <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces">RichFaces</ulink><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> framework
+ components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <tip diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">RichFaces 3.2 is now fully supported in code completion.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">All you have to do is to install RichFaces libraries into your
+ project. See </diffmk:wrapper><ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/file-access/default/members/jbossrichfaces/freezone...">here</ulink> how to install it.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist for RichFaces Components</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_29.png" scale="65"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To insert a RichFaces component on a page expand <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss RichFaces</property>
+ </emphasis> group on the palette</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click on some component</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Put the needed attributes in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Insert Tag</property>
+ </emphasis> dialog and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button <figure float="0">
+ <title>Insert Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_30.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The RichFaces tag will be inserted on your page displayed in source and visual
+ modes: </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>RichFaces Component</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_31.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section id="AddingDynamicCodeAssistToCustomComponents8745">
+
+ <title>Adding dynamic code assist to custom components that were added to JBoss
+ Tools Palette</title>
+ <para>Here is what you need to do to add project based code assist to a custom
+ component added in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property>:</para>
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="ignore">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create a new xml file in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><JBDS_home>studio/eclipse/plugins/org.jboss.tools.common.kb_***/schemas/tld/</property>.
+ </emphasis>For example call it <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> JeniaFaces.xml</property>
+ </emphasis>. The file should be written according to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><JBDS_home>/studio/eclipse/plugins/org.jboss.tools.common.kb/kb.jar/org/jboss/tools/common/kb/kb-schema_1.0.dtd</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Follow these steps to set what is available for code assist:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Adds code assist for JSF pre-defined objects, such as
+ </diffmk:wrapper><![CDATA[value=]]><emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"#{param}"</property>
+ </emphasis>:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<AttributeType ...>
+ <proposal type="jsfVariables"/>
+</AttributeType>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add bundle resource (property file) <property moreinfo="none">code
+ assist</property>:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<AttributeType ...>
+ <proposal type="bundleProperty"/>
+</AttributeType>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add managed bean property <property moreinfo="none">code assist</property>:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<AttributeType ...>
+ <proposal type="beanProperty"/>
+</AttributeType>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add managed bean property but of a specified type:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<AttributeType ...>
+ <proposal type="beanProperty">
+ <param name="type" value="java.lang.Boolean"/>
+ </proposal>
+</AttributeType>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add managed bean method with a signature:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<AttributeType ...>
+ <proposal type="beanMethodBySignature">
+ <param name="paramType" value="javax.faces.context.FacesContext"/>
+ <param name="paramType" value="javax.faces.component.UIComponent"/>
+ <param name="paramType" value="java.lang.Object"/>
+ <param name="returnType" value="void"/>
+ </proposal>
+</AttributeType>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="ignore">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add information on your xml file in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><JBDS_home>/studio/eclipse/plugins/org.jboss.common.kb_***/plugin.xml</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[
+ <tld
+ jsf="true"
+ name="Jenia Faces"
+ schema-location="schemas/tld/myJSF.xml"
+ uri="http://www.jenia.org/jsf/dataTools"/>]]>
+ </programlisting>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Restart Eclipse. You should now have code assist for the
+ component.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing74">
+
+ <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> offers the flexibility to edit any
+ files in either source or extra visual modes at the same time.</para>
+
+ <para>The project is yours and so is the source. <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
+ Studio</property> provides you many different graphical editors to speed your
+ application development. At the same time, you always have a full control over all
+ project source files. Any changes you make in the source view immediately appear in
+ the graphical view.</para>
+
+ <para>The JSF configuration file editor has three views: <property moreinfo="none">Diagram</property>,
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Source</property>. All views are
+ synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Three Views are Synchronized</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_32.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The same is relevant to all other <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property>
+ editors.</para>
+
+ <para>Web XML editor is shown. Web XML editor has a graphical view (Tree) and source
+ (Source).</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_35.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> TLD file editor is shown in Tree view.
+ At any point you can edit the source by switching to Source view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/editors_features/editors_features_37.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="visual_page" role="updated">
+
+ <title>Visual Page Editor</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> comes with a powerful and customizable
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property> (VPE). You can use the Visual Page Editor to
+ develop an application using any technology: JSF, Struts, JSP, HTML and others.</para>
+
+ <para>Current VPE version has three tabs: <property moreinfo="none">Visual/Source</property>,
+ <property moreinfo="none">Source</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Preview</property>. To switch between the
+ views you can use tabs at the bottom of the VPE or the shortcuts <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + PageUp/Ctrl + PageDown</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual Page Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_1.png" scale="95"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="visual_source">
+ <title>Visual/Source View</title>
+
+ <para>Using the <property moreinfo="none">Visual/Source view</property> you can edit your pages in the
+ Source and Visual modes simultaneously having an instant synchronization between
+ them:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual/Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_2.png" scale="95"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The view is designed in the form of a split pane with toggle buttons for quickly
+ moving between Source, Visual or Source/Visual modes as shown on the figure
+ above.</para>
+
+ <para>One more way to toggle between the various states of the split pane is using the
+ shortcuts <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Shift + F6</property>
+ </emphasis> for maximizing/restoring the Source part and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Shift + Alt + F6</property>
+ </emphasis> for maximizing/restoring the Visual part.</para>
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>When editing large documents hiding the Visual part will speed up the
+ editing.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <para>It should be pointed out that, no matter in what mode you are working, you get a
+ full integration with <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property> and <property moreinfo="none">Outline
+ views</property>:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Integration with Properties and Outline Views</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_3.png" scale="55"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>It's also possible to use the <link linkend="palette">JBoss Tools
+ Palette</link> to insert any tag from the list of tag libraries to the page you
+ are editing with just a click or drag-and-drop.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Inserting Tag From the Palette</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property> provides the option for displaying
+ non-visual tags in Visual mode of the editor. To enable this option expand the
+ submenu in the top left corner of the Visual part and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Show Non-visual tags</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Enabling the Option for Showing Non-visual Tags</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_4a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the figure you can see non-visual elements with gray dashed borders.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Non-visual Tag in the VPE</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_4b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To disable this option again expand the same submenu and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Hide Non-visual tags</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Non-visual Tag in the VPE</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_4c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <section id="comments">
+ <title>Commenting out Code</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> supports possibility to add comments in files you are
+ working with (JSP, XHTML, etc.):</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>HTML comments (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><!-- --></property>
+ </emphasis>) which are output to the client </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSP comments (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><%-- --%></property>
+ </emphasis>) which are not output to the client as part of the JSP page
+ output</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="JSPsyntaxvalidation84">
+
+ <title>JSP Syntax Validation</title>
+ <para>When working in JBoss Tools JSP editor you are constantly provided with
+ feedback and contextual error checking as you type.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="taglib_versions_support">
+ <title>Support for Taglib versions</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">VPE templates now support various versions of tag libraries. It means that the
+ </diffmk:wrapper><property moreinfo="none">VPE</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> takes control under those components which have
+ different parameters or preview according to the framework version (like seam
+ 1.2 and seam 2.0, or JSF 1.1 and JSF 1.2).</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para>For example, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><s:decorate></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> element in seam has different parameters in versions 1.2 and 2.0 as
+ well as </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><h:outputLink></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> JSF element has different preview in versions 1.1 and 1.2.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="pages_styling">
+ <title>Pages Styling</title>
+
+ <para>Most web pages use the cascading style sheets (CSS) to control the way they look.
+ With <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property> you can easily stylise your pages. In
+ this section we are going to introduce you to a powerful mechanism that
+ <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> provides for a complete control over pages styling. </para>
+
+ <section id="inline_styling">
+ <title>Inline Style Editing</title>
+
+ <para>In the Visual part of the <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> there is a graphical
+ toolbar, use it to add inline styling to JSF and Struts tags on your page. The
+ toolbar can be hidden by clicking on arrow sign in the upper left corner.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Text Formatting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>For editing inline styles for DOM elements <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> also
+ provides <property moreinfo="none">CSS Dialog</property>. It can be called from <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">style</property>
+ </emphasis> line in the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> for a currently
+ selected element.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Call the CSS Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para id="css_dialog"><property moreinfo="none">CSS Dialog</property> has four tabs where css
+ properties for text, background, borders and others can be specified. A simple
+ preview which is generated at the top of the <property moreinfo="none">CSS Dialog</property>
+ allows you to see the changes before you apply them.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>CSS Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="external_stylesheets">
+ <title>External Stylesheets</title>
+ <para>The pages you are working with in <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> can use external
+ stylesheets. <property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> allows you to create new style classes in
+ existing stylesheets and/or edit them as well. For these purposes <property moreinfo="none">CSS
+ Style Class Dialog</property> is provided (hot keys - CTRL+SHIT+C).</para>
+ <para>Select the element for which you need to create or edit style class and press
+ button next to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">styleClass</property>
+ </emphasis> field in <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Calling the CSS Style Class Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>It'll pick up the <property moreinfo="none">CSS Style Class Dialog</property> which
+ looks like on the figure below.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>CSS Style Class Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>First, you should specify the CSS file where you are going to put your style
+ class. Do this by pressing button next to the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">CSS file</property>
+ </emphasis> field.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>CSS File Selection</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To create new CSS class write its name in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Style class</property>
+ </emphasis> field and then configure style settings switching between the tabs: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Text/Font</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Background</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Boxes</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Property Sheet</property>. </emphasis>To add existing styling to
+ the chosen element expand the list of the existed style classes and point to the
+ necessary one.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Style Class Selection</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Quick Edit</property>
+ </emphasis> gives a preview of the properties which are set for the existing
+ style class. You can easily modify them with the help of this wizard.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Quick Edit</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Preview at the top of the <property moreinfo="none">CSS Style Class Dialog</property>
+ visualizes the result.</para>
+
+ <para>The dialog for creating a new CSS class, which is called from <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other... > JBoss Tools Web > CSS Class</property>,
+ </emphasis> looks the same.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New CSS Class Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="vpe_templating">
+ <title>Templating</title>
+
+ <para>The VPE also makes it possible to create templates for unknown tags.</para>
+
+ <para>To call the <property moreinfo="none">Template dialog</property> for a tag, right-click on it in
+ Visual mode and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Setup Template for <tag name></diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis> option.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Calling Template Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_7a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para id="template_dialog">Here is what the <property moreinfo="none">Template dialog</property> looks
+ like.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Template Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_7b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tag for Display</property>
+ </emphasis> field in the <property moreinfo="none">Template dialog</property> requires specifying a
+ type of tag. It can be SPAN, DIV, TABLE or any other html element. Check <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Children</property>
+ </emphasis>, if you want to mark a tag as a child element.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Value</property>
+ </emphasis> field is for setting a tag value.</para>
+ <para>As for the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Style</property>
+ </emphasis> field, you can fill it out manually or make use of the button next to
+ the field to bring the <link linkend="css_dialog">CSS Dialog</link> for editing
+ styles.</para>
+
+ <para>You can observe all defined templates in the <link linkend="VisualPageEditor2">VPE
+ Preferences</link> on the Templates tab which you can quickly access by pressing
+ <link linkend="AdvancedSettings954">Preferences button</link>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Templates Tab of the VPE Preferences Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_7c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here it's possible to edit or remove any listed in the table
+ template.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="AdvancedSettings954">
+
+ <title>Advanced Settings</title>
+
+ <para>In the left vertical pane of the Visual part there are three buttons: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property>, </emphasis><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Refresh</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Buttons on the Visual Part of VPE</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem id="vpe_preferences">
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property>
+ </emphasis> button provides a quick access to <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
+ Editor</property> preferences.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual Page Editor Preferences Window</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Refresh</property>
+ </emphasis> button you refresh the displayed information.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property>
+ </emphasis> button leads to window which helps you to specify necessary
+ references to resources. Here is what this window looks like.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Page Design Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>This dialog lets you set resources which are usually only resolved in
+ runtime. Let's look at what functionality it proposes.</para>
+
+ <para>The first two sections of the window let you define actual runtime
+ folders. The example below will help you to clarify how this can be
+ used.</para>
+
+ <para>Suppose you have the following project structure:</para>
+
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[WebContent/
+ pages/
+ img/
+ a.gif
+ header.jsp
+ main.jsp
+ ]]></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The content of the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">header.jsp</property>
+ </emphasis> is:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[My Header
+<img src="img/a.gif"/>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <para>and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">main.jsp</property>
+ </emphasis> content is:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<jsp:include page="pages/header.jsp" />
+]]></programlisting>
+ <para> When you open <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">main.jsp</property>
+ </emphasis> in <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property>, it will not be able
+ to resolve the image from the header, however, it will work fine in runtime.
+ To fix this in design time, click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property>
+ </emphasis> button and set <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Actual Run-Time Relative Folder</property>
+ </emphasis> to <emphasis>'projectName > WebContent >
+ pages'</emphasis> and you will see the image appeared.</para>
+ <para></para>
+
+ <para id="el_exp_para">In the bottom part of the window you can set a path to
+ included css files, tag libs and substituted EL expressions.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Bottom Part of the Page Design Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Let' consider an example. For instance, the definition of your
+ CSS on the page is the next:</para>
+
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"
+ href="#{facesContext.externalContext.requestContextPath}/style.css"/>
+]]></programlisting>
+
+ <para>This will work fine in runtime, but the <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
+ Editor</property> doesn't know what
+ <emphasis>requestContextPath</emphasis> in design time is. In order to
+ see the necessary styles applied in design time your should add a path to
+ your stylesheet in the <property moreinfo="none">CSS File Path</property> section.</para>
+
+ <para>The next <property moreinfo="none">URI</property> section lets you add URI taglibs so that
+ the editor knows where to find the tag libraries.</para>
+
+ <para>And the last <property moreinfo="none">Substituted EL expressions</property> section is
+ provided to specify the values for specific EL variables. It can be useful
+ for a preview generation.</para>
+ <para>As an example look at the figure below:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>EL Expression</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Here bath in Source and Visual modes you see the EL expression
+ <emphasis>#{user.name}</emphasis>. When you switch to <property moreinfo="none">Preview
+ view</property>, you'll also see this expression. Now press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Page Design Options</property>
+ </emphasis> button and set the value for the
+ <emphasis>"user.name"</emphasis> as
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">World</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Setting the Value for the EL Expression</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As a result in Visual mode and Preview view the word <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">World</property>
+ </emphasis> is displayed.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The EL Expression Value</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>You can find useful one more functionality provided by VPE. At the bottom of the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual/Source view</property> there is a <property moreinfo="none">Selection Tag
+ Bar</property>. It allows to see tags tree for a current component selected in
+ Visual or Source mode.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selection Tag Bar</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If you want to hide the <property moreinfo="none">Selection Tag Bar</property>, use the button in
+ the form of a red cross on the lower right side. To reset it again you should check
+ the proper option in the <link linkend="vpe_preferences">VPE
+ Preferences</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="page_preview">
+ <title>Page Preview</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">VPE</property> comes with design-time preview feature which is available
+ for:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Struts Pages</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSF Pages</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">Preview view</property> is read-only, it shows how the page will look
+ like in a browser.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Preview View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/visual_page/visual_page_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <!--para>You can even
+ attach your stylesheet to the preview.</para-->
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="SetupnotesforLinu895x">
+
+ <title>Setup notes for Linux</title>
+
+ <para>Linux users may need to do the following to get the <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page
+ Editor</property> to work correctly on their machines.</para>
+
+ <para> The Visual Page Editor requires the library libstdc++.so.5. This library is
+ contained in the compat-libstdc++-33.i386 package.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To install this package on Fedora Core or Red Hat Enterprise Linux run the
+ following command:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="JAVA"><![CDATA[yum install compat-libstdc++-33.i386
+]]></programlisting>
+ </listitem>
+
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On any other rpm based distributions download libstdc++.so.5 and run the
+ following command:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="JAVA"><![CDATA[rpm -Uvh compat-libstdc++-33.i386
+]]></programlisting>
+ </listitem>
+
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On Debian based distributives run the following command: </para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="JAVA"><![CDATA[apt-get install compat-libstdc++-33.i386
+]]></programlisting>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para> In case you have the library installed and you still have issue with starting the
+ visual page editor then close all browser views/editors and leave one visual page
+ editor open and restart eclipse. This should force a load of the right XULRunner
+ viewer.</para>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <!-- <section id="CreateLookAndFeel(Design-timeMetadate)ForAnyCustomJSFComponents41">
+<?dbhtml filename="CreateLookAndFeel(Design-timeMetadate)ForAnyCustomJSFComponents.html"?>
+<title>JSP Visual Page Editor - Design Time Look and Feel for Custom Components</title>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/404.html">Template definition for design-time representation of custom tags</ulink> (pdf)
+<para></para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>The templates files are now saved in <emphasis><RedHatDeveloperStudio>\eclipse\plugins\com.exadel.vpe_1.1.1\plugin.xml</emphasis>. The PDF files show the old location.</para>
+ </note>
+<para></para></listitem>
+
+<listitem><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/404.html">Steps to Create Plug-in</ulink> (pdf)</listitem>
+<listitem><ulink url="index.html">How to use create(..) method</ulink> (pdf)</listitem>
+<listitem>API
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/404.html">VpeAbstractTemplate</ulink></listitem>
+<listitem><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/404.html">VpeTemplate</ulink></listitem></itemizedlist></listitem>
+<listitem><ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/404.html">Download</ulink> examples. The examples.zip file contains two
+ applications. The first application transforms the JSP source tag into visual tag (HTML). This application
+ is an Eclipse plug-in. Import as an Eclipse project. The second application is a Web applications which
+ uses the custom component (project with JSF Nature).</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>Please send us an email to <ulink url="mailto:support@exadel.com">support(a)exadel.com</ulink> if you have
+ questions about this feature.</para>
+</section>
+
+
+<section id="HTML401Suppor421t">
+<?dbhtml filename="HTML4.01Support.html"?>
+<title>HTML 4.01 Support</title>
+</section>
+
+<section id="JSP2.0JSTL1.0And1.1Suppor52t">
+<?dbhtml filename="JSP2.0JSTL1.0And1.1Support.html"?>
+<title>JSP 2.0, JSTL 1.0/1.1 support</title>
+</section>
+-->
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="more_editors">
+
+ <title>More Editors</title>
+
+ <para>Besides Visual Page Editor JBDS is supplied with a huge range of various editors for
+ different file types: properties, TLD, web.xml, tiles, and so on.</para>
+ <section id="GraphicalPropertiesEditor">
+
+ <title>Graphical Properties Editor</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">The Properties editor</property> allows you to work in two different
+ modes and also supports unicode characters.</para>
+
+ <para>To create a new properties file, in the Package Explorer view, select<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> New > Properties File</property>
+ </emphasis> from the right-click context menu on the folder where you want to create
+ the file.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selecting Properties File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can edit the file using a table-oriented "Properties"
+ viewer:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>"Properties" Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use a Source viewer for editing the file:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="GraphicalTLDEditor">
+
+ <title>Graphical TLD Editor</title>
+
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">The TLD editor</property> comes with same features you will find in all
+ other JBoss Developer Studio editors:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Graphical and source edit modes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Validation and error checking</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section id="TreeView2">
+
+ <title>Tree view</title>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="SourceView1">
+
+ <title>Source view</title>
+
+ <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab at the
+ bottom of the editor.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can easily add a <property moreinfo="none">new tag</property>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a New Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_6.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also easily add a <property moreinfo="none">new attribute</property> to an existing
+ tag:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a New Attribute</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_7.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Content assist is available when editing the file using the Source
+ viewer:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_8.png" scale="65"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the Source viewer, if at any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an
+ error will be indicated next to the line and also in the Problems view
+ below.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error Reporting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+
+ <section id="GraphicalWebApplicationFileEditor">
+
+ <title>Graphical Web Application File (web.xml) Editor</title>
+
+ <para>The Web Application File editor comes with the same features you will find in all
+ other JBoss Developer Studio editors:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Graphical and source edit modes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Validation and error checking</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <section id="TreeView1">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can add any new elements right in the <property moreinfo="none">Tree
+ viewer</property>:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding New Elements</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="SourceView2">
+
+ <title>Source View</title>
+
+ <para>Switch to the <property moreinfo="none">Source viewer </property>to edit the web.xml file by
+ hand at any time:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ContentAssist">
+
+ <title>Content Assist</title>
+
+ <para>Content assist is available in the Source viewer. Simply click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">CTRL-Space</property>
+ </emphasis> anywhere in the file.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Content Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_13.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ErrorCheckingAndValidation">
+
+ <title>Errors Checking and Validation</title>
+
+ <para>If errors occur anywhere in the file, small red dots will appear next to the
+ lines where the errors occurred. Also, note that the file is marked by a small x
+ in the Package Explorer view.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Errors Reporting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="CSSEditor">
+
+ <title>CSS Editor</title>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">CSS editor</property> comes with the same features you will find in
+ all other JBoss Developer Studio editors.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Content assist</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Validation and error checking</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>With the CSS (Cascading Style Sheet) editor, you can take advantage of code
+ prompting:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>CSS Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_41.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <!-- <para>You can also use the Outline view next to the editor to navigate through the CSS
+ file:</para>
+
+ <figure>
+ <title>Outline View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_42.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ -->
+
+ <para>And you can also use the Properties view next to the editor to edit existing
+ stylesheet declaration properties:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Properties View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_43.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="JavaScriptEditor">
+
+ <title>JavaScript Editor</title>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JavaScript editor</property> includes a Preview viewer and a Source
+ viewer. In the Source viewer, you can use code assist:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JavaScript Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_44.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use the Source viewer with the Outline view to navigate around the
+ file:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_45.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ <!-- <section id="ImageViewer">
+
+ <title>Image Viewer</title>
+ <para>This simple image viewer allows you to view GIF and JPEG files individually in a
+ separate window:</para>
+
+ <figure>
+ <title>Image Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_46.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section> -->
+ <section id="XSDEditor">
+
+ <title>XSD Editor</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio comes with an <property moreinfo="none">XSD Editor</property> for XML
+ Schema files. This editor comes from the Web Tools Project (WTP) (see <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/webtools/testtutorials/gettingstarted/GettingStart...">WTP Getting Started</ulink>).</para>
+
+ <para>To create a new XSD file, right-click a folder in the Package Explorer view,
+ select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the context menu and then select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XML > XML Schema</property>
+ </emphasis> in the dialog box.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating New XSD file</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_47.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The XSD Editor includes two viewers for working on the file, a Design viewer and a
+ Source viewer:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_48.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the Design viewer, you can drill down on an element by double-clicking on
+ it:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Design Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_49.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Various edit options are available when you right-click an element in the
+ diagram:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Edit Options</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_50.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use the Properties view to edit a selected element:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Properties View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_51.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also use a Source viewer for the file. In this viewer, along with direct
+ editing of the source code, you can also edit the file by using the Properties view
+ on the right:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source Viewer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_52.png" scale="85"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="SupportforXMLSchema">
+
+ <title>Support for XML Schema</title>
+
+ <para>JBoss Developer Studio fully supports XML files based on schemas as well as
+ DTDs:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XML File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/more_editors/more_editors_53.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="palette" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/palette.xml" xreflabel="palette">
+ <?dbhtml filename="palette.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Jboss Tools palette</keyword>
+ <keyword>tags</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSP page</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+ <para>This chapter will introduce you to the functionality provided by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools
+ Palette</property>. The Palette allows you to quickly and easily create your JSP or JSF
+ pages. Now you can do it more faster without additional knowledge.</para>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools Palette</property> allows you to:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Insert tags into a JSP or JSF page with one click</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add custom and 3rd party tags</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The JBoss Tools Palette contains a developer's project tag libraries and provides
+ possibility to add any tag libraries to it. Also you can choose a necessary one from the
+ list of already existed tag libraries:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>HTML</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JBoss</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSF</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>JSTL</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>MyFaces</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Oracle ADF Faces</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Struts</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>XHTML</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Default View of The JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">By default the Palette is represented in Web Development Perspective with five groups. If
+ you can't see it, select </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View Other... > JBoss Tools Web > JBoss
+ Tools Palette</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar.</para>
+
+ <section id="PaletteOptions">
+ <?dbhtml filename="PaletteOptions.html"?>
+ <title>Palette Options</title>
+ <para>To facilitate your work, you can configure the Palette in your own way, by selecting
+ the corresponding icon on the Palette toolbar.</para>
+ <para>There is a possibility to configure the JBoss Tools Palette:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> to <property moreinfo="none">edit the palette</property> content by adding, removing or
+ changing the palette elements</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> to <property moreinfo="none">show/hide groups</property>, subgroups</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>to <property moreinfo="none">import groups</property>, subgroups</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Palette Buttons</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <section id="PaletteEditor">
+ <?dbhtml filename="PaletteEditor.html"?>
+ <title>Palette Editor</title>
+ <para>JBoss Tools Palette contains existing libraries of tags, thus the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Palette editor</property> is intended to work with them or create your
+ new one, as well.</para>
+ <para>To open the editor, click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Palette Editor</property>
+ </emphasis> icon: <figure float="0">
+ <title>Palette Editor Icon</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </para>
+ <para>The window has two parts. There is a reflected grouped list of components on the
+ left side of the palette editor. Each group is divided into multiple groups, every
+ of which is a tag library. The right side of the palette editor is an editing window
+ where it's possible to change values of group or tag library attributes
+ that you've chosen on the left part of the window. </para>
+ <para>It can also be done by right click and using <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit…</property>
+ </emphasis> option.</para>
+ <literallayout class="normal" format="linespecific"></literallayout>
+ <para> For example, <property moreinfo="none">JSF</property> group consists of
+ <property moreinfo="none">Core</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Facelets</property>, <property moreinfo="none">HTML</property>
+ tag libraries and the attributes as <property moreinfo="none">name</property>,
+ <property moreinfo="none">description</property> and <property moreinfo="none">hidden</property> which are available
+ for editing: </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tag Libraries of the JSF Group</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_24.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The Palette Editor provides the following possibilities when working with existing
+ tags or icons:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>to work with a set of icons</para>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Icons</property>
+ </emphasis> is the root folder for the icon sets. The first step is creating
+ the icon set. Right click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Icons</property>
+ </emphasis> folder and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create > Create Set...</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <para>Set the value of the name in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add Icons</property>
+ </emphasis> window and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button. A new element will appear in the list.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a Set of Icons</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Also you can delete the set. Right click on the set of icons that you wish
+ to remove and chose the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete Set</property>
+ </emphasis> option from the pop-up menu or click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> keyboard button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>to edit icons in the chosen set</para>
+ <para>When the set of icons is created, new icons can be imported to it. Choose
+ the required set and select the option <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create > Import Icon... </property>
+ </emphasis> from the pop-up menu that appears after you right-click on a
+ folder.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating Icons</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Set the name of the icon and the path and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>to work with a group of tag libraries</para>
+ <para>The first step in work with the editor is creating a group of libraries.
+ It's very easy to do, right mouse button click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Palette</property>
+ </emphasis> folder and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create > Create Group…</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <para>Set a name of a group in the <property moreinfo="none">Create Group</property> window and
+ click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> button. A new element will appear at the end of the list.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a Group of Tag Libraries</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You are allowed to edit or delete a group, as well. If you'd like
+ to change attributes of a group, use the right editing window of the palette
+ editor or the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit...</property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> option, like it was mentioned before. In order to remove the
+ group, right click on the group that you wish to remove and choose the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> option or click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> keyboard button.</para>
+ <important>
+ <title>Important:</title>
+ <para>The removal option is enabled only for custom folders.</para>
+ </important>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>to work with a tag library</para>
+ <para>The group maintains a list of tag libraries. If you'd like to
+ create your own library, click right mouse button on the group and choose <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create Group…</property>
+ </emphasis> option.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a tag library</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>After setting the attribute name and the path of the icon, click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ok</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>If you do not choose an icon the default one will be assigned.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para>You are allowed to edit or delete the tag library, as well. If
+ you'd like to change attributes of the library or choose another
+ icon, use the right editing window of the palette editor or the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit...</property>
+ </emphasis> option. In order to remove the tag library, right click on the
+ library that you wish to remove and chose the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> option or click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> keyboard button.</para>
+ <important>
+ <title>Important:</title>
+ <para>The removal option is enabled only for custom tag libraries.</para>
+ </important>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>to work with a tag element</para>
+ <para>When the library folder is created, new tags can be added to it. Choose
+ the required library and select the option <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create > Create Macro…</property>
+ </emphasis> from the pop-up menu that appears after you right-click on a
+ folder.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a tag element</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Add Palette Macro</property> window, you can configure
+ the tag element. Attribute <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Name</property>
+ </emphasis> is mandatory to fill and it will be the name of the tag element.
+ Other settings are optional. You can choose the icon and set the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start Text</property>
+ </emphasis> and the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">End Text</property>
+ </emphasis> for your tag element. If your tag text is too long, use the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Change...</property>
+ </emphasis> button to see it all. For <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">start text</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">end text</property>
+ </emphasis> there is a possibility to control the cursor position by using
+ "|" symbol.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Parameters of the Palette element</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_23.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>After all the attributes are set, click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>If you do not choose an icon the default one will be assigned.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para>You are also allowed to edit or delete the tag. If you'd like to
+ change the attributes of the tag or choose another icon for it, use the
+ right editing window of the palette editor or the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit...</property>
+ </emphasis> option from the pop-up menu. In order to remove the tag, right
+ click on the tag that you wish to remove and chose the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> option or click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Delete</property>
+ </emphasis> keyboard button.</para>
+ <important>
+ <title>Important:</title>
+ <para>The removal option is enabled only for custom tags. JBoss Palette tags
+ can not be removed but can be modified.</para>
+ </important>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you have changed any abject in the tree view and you don't like the final result you can always use the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Restore Defaults</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button. Click on it will restore defaults for the object selected and for its children elements. Please remember that the button will only restore data for objects defined in the default palette. If selected object is created by you, the button will be disabled. Child objects added by you will not be removed.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">When updating JBoss Tools the palette content is not updated.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="show_hide">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Show/Hide.html"?>
+ <title>Show/Hide</title>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Show/Hide</property>
+ </emphasis> is a very useful feature that allows you to control the number of tag
+ groups that are shown on the palette.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Show/Hide</property>
+ </emphasis> button, at the top right side of the JBoss Tools Palette.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Show/Hide Button</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the dialog Show/Hide Drawers check the groups the libraries of which
+ you want to be shown on the palette:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Show/Hide Drawers</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>If libraries are not displayed in the palette, check whether they are selected.
+ Click the plus sign to expand the libraries of the group and make sure that a tick
+ is put next to the wanted libraries.</para>
+ <!-- <para>(When you deactivate the group(s), the JBoss Palette remembers your last chose.
+ The libraries… )</para>
+ -->
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">OK</property>.</emphasis> The new groups will
+ now be shown on the palette:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Added Groups</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The names of the elements are compound. The first part is the group name and the
+ second is the library name.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="Import">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Import.html"?>
+ <title>Import</title>
+ <para>The Import button lets you add a custom or 3rd party tag library to JBoss Tools
+ Palette. Find out more information on how to add particular tags see the <link linkend="ImportButton521">Adding Custom JSF Tags</link> section.
+ <!--<link linkend="CreatingAndWorkingCustomCapability">Learn how to import</link>. --></para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="UsingThePaletteIncludingOneClickTagInsertion">
+ <?dbhtml filename="UsingThePaletteIncludingOneClickTagInsertion.html"?>
+ <title>Using the Palette</title>
+ <section id="InsertingTagsIntoAJSPFile">
+ <?dbhtml filename="InsertingTagsIntoAJSPFile.html"?>
+ <title>Inserting Tags into a JSP File</title>
+ <para>A new tag can be added into any text file including jsp, htm, html and xhtml.</para>
+ <para>Let's do it. Open your JSP file and place the cursor in a place where
+ you'd like to add a tag and then click that tag in the palette. In the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Insert Tag</property> window, that appears, you can set the value of<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">general</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">advanced</property>
+ </emphasis> attributes of the tag that you chose.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Inserting Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_25.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>In the example below, the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">commandButton</property>
+ </emphasis> tag has been inserted.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Inserting Tag</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_2.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>if you place the cursor over any tag, a balloon hint is shown with all the
+ <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"tag"</property>
+ </emphasis> attributes.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para>The cursor position after adding a tag into a file is specified by
+ "|" symbol in the tag template on the right in the Palette Editor
+ window. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Palette Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para> Above you can see where the cursor position for <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HTML > Form > input</property>
+ </emphasis> is set. Thus, after adding this tag into your file the cursor will be in
+ the attribute "type". Then, you can straight use the combination
+ of buttons <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl + Space</property> to inquire about a prompting. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Cursor position</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_16.png" scale="50"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="AddingCustomJSFTagsToTheRedHatPalette7433">
+ <?dbhtml filename="AddingCustomJSFTagsToTheJBossToolsPalette.html"?>
+ <title>Adding Custom JSF Tags to the JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+
+ <para>There are two ways to add any custom or 3rd party tag library to the
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools Palette</property>:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Drag-and-drop from the Web Projects view</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The Import button on the JBoss Tools Palette</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Before you can add your custom component library, you need to make sure it is
+ included in your project. Either place the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">".tld"</property>
+ </emphasis> file or the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">".jar"</property>
+ </emphasis> that includes your tag library under the lib folder in your project. </para>
+ <section id="Drag_and_Drop65332">
+ <?dbhtml filename="DragAndDrop.html"?>
+ <title>Drag-and-Drop</title>
+ <para>Switch to the Web Projects view and expand the Tag Libraries folder. If the
+ view is not active, select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Web Projects</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Web Projects View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Also make sure that the JBoss Tools Palette is open. Select the tag library
+ that you want to add and simply drag-and-drop it on to the JBoss Tools Palette.</para>
+ <para>You will see the following dialog window. As you can see JBoss Developer
+ Studio takes care of all the details. Chosen <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">TLD file</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">name</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">prefix</property>
+ </emphasis> of the library and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Library URL</property>
+ </emphasis> are detected, thus just need to set the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Group</property>
+ </emphasis> name to which you wish to place this tag library. You can either add
+ this tag library to an existing Group or just create a new one.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Import Tags From TLD File Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Once you are finished, you will see the new tag library added to the JBoss
+ Tools Palette.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Tools Palette with New Tag Library</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="ImportButton521">
+ <?dbhtml filename="ImportButton.html"?>
+ <title>Import Button</title>
+ <para>The same you can do with <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Import</property>
+ </emphasis> button. You can see this button at the top right side of the JBoss
+ Tools Palette.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Import Button</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>By clicking on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Import button</property>
+ </emphasis> you will see the Import Tag window a similar like in the <link linkend="Drag_and_Drop65332"> Drag-and-Drop</link> method. Set the name and
+ prefix of the library and Library URL. Also you need to set the Group name to
+ which you'd like to add your tag library. And like in the previous
+ method you can add it to an existing Group or create a new one. On this Import
+ Tag form you can use <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
+ </emphasis>button to locate the tag library that you want to add:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Select TLD File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="RichFacesSupport">
+ <?dbhtml filename="RichFacesSupport.html"?>
+ <title>RichFaces Support</title>
+ <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> comes with a tight integration with <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/jbossrichfaces/">RichFaces component framework</ulink>.
+ RichFaces and Ajax4jsf tag libraries in <link linkend="palette">JBoss Tools
+ Palette</link> always exist.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>RichFaces Components</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/palette/palette_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To start using <property moreinfo="none">RichFaces</property> components as well as
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ajax4jsf</property> ones in JBDS you should first put <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">richfaces-*.jar</property>
+ </emphasis> files into the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">/lib</property>
+ </emphasis> folder of your project.</para>
+ <!-- this palette is not dynamic and is not changed from file to file. -->
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+
+ <para>Currant version of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> (i. e. 1.1.0GA)
+ includes <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/">RichFaces
+ 3.2.2</ulink>. The JBoss Tools 3.0.0.beta1 comes with <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossrichfaces/downloads/">RichFaces 3.1.3</ulink> and
+ partly support 3.2 version of the component framework. If you need to use the latest
+ version of the component framework you should import it into the Palette like any
+ other <link linkend="AddingCustomJSFTagsToTheRedHatPalette7433">custom tag
+ library</link>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>It may be helpful for you to look through the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/rich_faces_demo/rich_faces_demo.htm">movie</ulink> which covers a creation of a jsf application with simple content
+ using the RichFaces components.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="web_projects" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/web_projects.xml" xreflabel="web_projects">
+ <?dbhtml filename="web_projects.html"?>
+<title>Web Projects View</title>
+<para><property moreinfo="none">Web Projects</property> is a special view that comes with JBoss Developer Studio.</para>
+<para>If the Web Projects view's tab is not visible next to the Package Explorer tab, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > JBoss Tools Web > Web Projects</property></emphasis> from the menu bar.</para>
+<para>With the Web Projects view, you can:</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Visualize the project better because the project artifacts for JSF and Struts projects are organized and displayed by function.</para></listitem>
+<listitem>
+ <para>Select these kinds of items to drag and drop into JSP pages:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>JSF managed bean attributes</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>JSF navigation rules outcomes</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Property file values</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tag library files</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Tags from tag libraries</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>JSP page links</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</listitem>
+<listitem><para>Use context menus to develop the application (all create and edit functions are available)</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Use icon shortcuts to create and import JSF and Struts projects</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Expand and inspect tag library files</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para><link linkend="AddingCustomJSFTagsToTheRedHatPalette7433">Select custom and third-party tag libraries to drag and drop onto
+the JBoss Tools Palette</link></para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<section id="ProjectOrganization">
+
+<title>Project Organization</title>
+<para>The Web Projects view organizes your project in a different way. The physical structure of course stays the same. The new organization combines common project artifacts together which makes it simpler to
+locate what you are looking for and develop.</para>
+
+<para>The screen shot below shows a JSF project and a Struts project in Web Projects view.</para>
+<figure float="0">
+ <title>Web Projects View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+</section>
+<section id="DragAndDrop">
+
+<title>Drag and Drop</title>
+ <para>Web Projects View has a drag and drop option that can be used for property, managed bean attributes, navigation rules, tag library file declaration and JSP Pages.</para>
+<section id="ForAProperty">
+
+<title>For a Property</title>
+ <para>Expand the <property moreinfo="none">Resources Bundles</property> folder that holds all the Property files in your project. Select the file from which you want to add the property and then select the property.</para>
+<para>We will be dragging and dropping a property file value inside the outputText tag for the <emphasis role="italic"><property moreinfo="none">"value"</property></emphasis> attribute.</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>OutputText Tag</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>Select the property:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Selecting Property</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+ <para>Drag the property and drop it between the quotes for the value attribute in the JSP file. Notice that JBoss Developer Studio added the correctly formatted expression for referring to the property value <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">#{Message.header}</property></emphasis> automatically.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+<title>Inserted Property</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>You can actually place the tag anywhere in the page, not just inside an existing tag. In this case,
+ JBoss Developer Studio will place the complete tag <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><h:outputText value="#{Message.header}"/></property></emphasis> in the page.</para>
+ </section>
+<section id="ForManagedBeanAttributes">
+
+<title>For Managed Bean Attributes</title>
+
+<para>Select a <emphasis role="italic"><property moreinfo="none">"managed bean"</property></emphasis> attribute and then drag and drop it onto the JSP page. We are going to place it inside the <emphasis role="italic"><property moreinfo="none">"value"</property></emphasis> attribute of the inputText tag.</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Selecting Managed Bean Attribute</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>Once again, JBoss Developer Studio adds the correct expression, <emphasis>#{user.name}</emphasis>.</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Added Expression</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+<section id="NavigationRules">
+
+<title>Navigation Rules</title>
+
+<para>Select the navigation rule under <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Configuration > faces-config.xml > Navigation Rules</property></emphasis>:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Selecting Navigation Rule</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>Drag and drop it inside the commandButton tag:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Naviagation Rule in CommandButton Tag</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>You could do the same if the navigation rule was defined inside an action method:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Navigation Rule in Action Method</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>Here is how it would look after drag and drop:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Inserted Navigation Rule</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+<section id="ForATagLibraryFileDeclaration">
+
+<title>For a Tag Library File Declaration</title>
+
+<para>Select a TLD file:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Selecting TLD File</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+<para>Then drag and drop it onto the JSP page to add a declaration at the top of the page:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Inserted TLD File</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+<section id="ForJSPPages">
+
+<title>For JSP Pages</title>
+
+<para>You can also drag and drop a JSP page path to a JSP page to create a forward as shown:</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Creating JSP Forward</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_13.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+</section>
+<section id="DevelopingTheApplication">
+
+<title>Developing the Application</title>
+
+<para>It is also possible to develop your application right from the Web Projects view.
+Simply right-click any node in the tree and select an appropriate action from the context menu. For instance, this screen capture shows creating a new navigation rule.</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Creating New Navigation Rule</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_14.png" scale="90"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+<section id="ExpandingTagLibraryFiles">
+
+<title>Expanding Tag Library Files</title>
+
+<para>You can easily expand any TLD file in the project. Browse to the Tag Libraries folder. Right-click a TLD file and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Expand</property></emphasis>. The TLD file will now be expanded.</para>
+
+<para>You can then select any tag and drag it onto a JSP page.</para>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Expanding Tag Library File</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+<section id="DragAndDropTagLibrariesOnToRedHatPalette">
+
+<title>Drag and Drop Tag Libraries on to JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+
+ <para>Read <link linkend="AddingCustomJSFTagsToTheRedHatPalette7433">Adding Tag Libraries</link> to learn about this.</para>
+</section>
+<section id="CreateAndImportJSFAndStrutsProjects">
+<title>Create and Import JSF and Struts Projects</title>
+
+<para>You can also create and import JSF and Struts project from Web Projects view by selecting the
+buttons below.</para>
+
+<para>From left to right:</para>
+
+<orderedlist continuation="restarts" inheritnum="ignore">
+<listitem><para>Create New JSF Project</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Import JSF Project</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Create New Struts Project</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Import Struts Project</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+<figure float="0">
+<title>Web Projects View Buttons</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/web_projects/web_projects_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+</figure>
+</section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="preferences" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/userguide/en/modules/preferences.xml" xreflabel="preferences">
+ <?dbhtml filename="preferences.html"?>
+ <title>JBoss Tools Preferences</title>
+
+ <para>Configuring the various <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property> features is done via
+ the <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property> screen by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Preferences are included in this dialog.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>From this screen, you can select these more specific sets of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools
+ preferences</property>:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="PackagingArchives">Packaging Archives</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="Editors">Editors</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="VisualPageEditor2">Visual Page Editor</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="el_variables">El Variables</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSF">JSF</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSFPage">JSF Page</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSFPropject">JSF Propject</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="JSFFlowDiagram">JSF Flow Diagram</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="Seam">Seam</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="SeamValidator">Seam Validator</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="Struts">Struts</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="struts_automation">Struts Automatic</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="Plug-inInsets">Plug-in Insets</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="ResourceInsets">Resource Insets</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="StrutsCustomization">Struts Customization</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="StrutsProject">Struts Project</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="StrutsSupport">Struts Support</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="StrutsPages">Struts Pages</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="StrutsFlowDiagram">Struts Flow Diagram</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="tiles_diagram">Tiles Diagram</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <link linkend="Verification">Verification</link>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Preferences</property> dialog <emphasis>( <property moreinfo="none">Window >
+ Preferences</property>) </emphasis> also allows to adjust settings for <link linkend="JBossServerPreferences">JBoss Server</link> and <link linkend="XDoclet">XDoclet</link> module.</para>
+
+ <section id="PackagingArchives">
+ <?dbhtml filename="PackagingArchives.html"?>
+ <title>Packaging Archives</title>
+
+ <para>Fallow to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Packaging Archives</property>
+ </emphasis> to open the page for changing Packaging Archives preferences.</para>
+ <para>Here you can determine settings for Project Packages view and core preferences.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Packaging Archives</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The next table lists all available preferences for Packaging Archives and their
+ description.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Packaging Archives Preferences</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Option</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ <entry>Default</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Enable incremental builder</entry>
+ <entry>Uncheck this option if you don't want to enable incremental
+ builder for your resources</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show full output path next to packages</entry>
+ <entry>This option allows you to show or hide an output path next to
+ packages
+ <!--(<link linkend="full_outputpath_for_packages">See the
+ figure</link>)-->.</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show the full root directory of filesets</entry>
+ <entry>If on, the full root directory is displayed next to filesets.
+ Otherwise, it's hidden
+ <!--(<link
+ linkend="full_rootdir_for_filesets">See the figure</link>)-->.</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show project at the root</entry>
+ <entry>This option allows you to choose whether to display a project name at
+ the root of the packages or not. When checked, 'Show all
+ projects that contain packages' is enabled
+ <!--(<link
+ linkend="project_at_the_root">See the figure</link>)-->.</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show all projects that contain packages</entry>
+ <entry>Selecting this setting enables the Projects Archiving view to show or
+ hide all projects that contain packages. The option is available when
+ the previous one is checked.</entry>
+ <entry>Off</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <!--
+ <figure id="full_outputpath_for_packages">
+ <title>Show Full Output Path next to Packages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_3.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure id="full_rootdir_for_filesets">
+ <title>Show the Full Root Directory of Filesets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <figure id="project_at_the_root">
+ <title>Show Project at the root</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_5.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+-->
+
+ </section>
+
+ <!--section id="CodeAssist">
+ <?dbhtml filename="CodeAssist.html"?>
+ <title>CodeAssist</title>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property>JBoss Tools > XDoclet > Code Assist</property>
+ </emphasis> to see Code Assist preference page.</para>
+ <para>Here is what the Code Assist preference page looks like: </para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>CodeAssist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_2.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section-->
+
+ <section id="Editors">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Editors.html"?>
+ <title>Editors</title>
+ <para>To adjust settings common for all editors supplied with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer
+ Studio</property> you should select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Editors</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Editors</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the Editors page the following preferences are available:</para>
+
+ <table>
+
+ <title>Editors Preferences</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Option</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ <entry>Default</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Always use JBoss Tools editors with Open option</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show warning when project has no JBoss Tools capabilities</entry>
+ <entry>Check this option to be sure that any JBoss Tools editor fully
+ available for a particular type of file. If no, you'll be
+ warned about this.</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Use Source tab as a default for multi-tab editors</entry>
+ <entry>If on, an editor will open the files in the Source view by
+ default</entry>
+ <entry>Off</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="VisualPageEditor2">
+ <?dbhtml filename="VisualPageEditor.html"?>
+ <title>Visual Page Editor</title>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Editors > Visual Page
+ Editor</property>
+ </emphasis> screen allows you to control some aspects of the behavior of the
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual Page Editor</property> (VPE) for JSF/HTML files.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual Page Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The next table lists the possible settings that you can adjust on the
+ <property moreinfo="none">General tab</property> of the VPE Preferences page.</para>
+
+
+ <table>
+
+ <title>VPE Preferences</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Option</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ <entry>Default</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show Border for Unknown Tags</entry>
+ <entry>The option allows to place the border around unknown tags or undo
+ this</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show Non-Visual Tags</entry>
+ <entry>Check this box, if you want the editor shows non-visual elements on
+ the page you're editing</entry>
+ <entry>Off</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show Resource Bundles Usage as EL Expressions </entry>
+ <entry>If the option is checked, the editor will show EL expressions instead
+ of the resource values</entry>
+ <entry>Off</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Always Prompts for Tag Attributes During Tag Insert </entry>
+ <entry>Having this option off, the dialog with possible attributes for
+ inserting tag won't appear if all its attributes are optional</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Show Selection Tag Bar</entry>
+ <entry>This option allows to show or hide the Selection Bar</entry>
+ <entry>On</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Always Hide Selection Bar Without Prompt</entry>
+ <entry>Check this box if you don't want the confirmation window
+ appears when closing the Selection Bar</entry>
+ <entry>Off</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Default Editor Tab</entry>
+ <entry>The option provides with a possibility to choose one of the following
+ views - Visual/Source, Source or Preview, as default when opening the
+ editor</entry>
+ <entry>Visual/Source</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Size of Visual Editor Pane 0 – 100% </entry>
+ <entry>With the help of this scroll bar you can adjust the percentage rating
+ between the Source and Visual modes of the Visual/Source view</entry>
+ <entry>50%</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Templates tab</property> you can edit or remove <link linkend="vpe_templating">VPE templates</link>.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual Page Editor Templates</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Select a template for editing from the available list and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property>
+ </emphasis> button. It will pick up the <link linkend="template_dialog">Template
+ dialog</link> where you can adjust new settings.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="el_variables">
+ <?dbhtml filename="el_variables.html"?>
+ <title>El Variables</title>
+ <para>To specify necessary EL variables globally, i. e. for all projects and resources in
+ your workspace, you should go to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > El Variables</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>El Variables</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
+ </emphasis> to set value for a new EL variable. In the appeared wizard you should
+ specify the global values and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a Global El Variable</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <tip>
+ <title>Tip:</title>
+ <para>If you specify an equal variable in <link linkend="el_exp_para">VPE EL
+ dialog</link> and in Preference EL dialog, variable from preference dialog will
+ have priority.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ <!--section id="JBossServers">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JBossServers.html"?>
+ <title>JBoss Servers</title>
+ <para>The following preferences can be changed on the <emphasis>
+ <property>JBoss Tools > JBoss Servers</property>
+ </emphasis> preference page.</para>
+ <para>Here is what the JBoss Servers preference page looks like:</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>JBoss Servers</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_4.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section-->
+
+ <section id="JSF">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JSF.html"?>
+ <title>JSF</title>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > JSF</property>
+ </emphasis> to get to the JSF Project specific preferences.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="JSFPage">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JSF Page.html"?>
+ <title>JSF Pages</title>
+ <para>By selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > JSF > JSF Pages</property>
+ </emphasis> you can add jsf pages or remove existing ones.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_12.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="JSFPropject">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JSFPropject.html"?>
+ <title>JSF Project</title>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > JSF > Project</property>
+ </emphasis> to see JSF Project preferences page.</para>
+ <para>On the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New Project</property>
+ </emphasis> tab you can set default values for <ulink url=" ../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html#new_jsf_project">New JSF Project</ulink> wizard:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Version</property>
+ </emphasis> for setting the default JSF Environment</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project Template</property>
+ </emphasis> so as <property moreinfo="none">New JSF Project wizard</property> shows this
+ template as default for the chosen JSF Environment</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project Root</property>
+ </emphasis> for specifying default location for a new JSF project</para>
+ <para>If you check <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Use Default Path</property>
+ </emphasis> here, this box will be also checked in the <property moreinfo="none">New JSF Project
+ wizard</property>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Servlet Version</property>
+ </emphasis> for setting the default Servlet version of a new JSF project</para>
+ <para>Here it's also possible to define whether to register Web Context in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">server.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> while organizing a new project or not. Check the proper box in order
+ to do that.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New JSF Propject Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_13.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Import Project</property>
+ </emphasis> tab in the JSF Project screen you can determine the default Servlet version
+ for the <ulink url=" ../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html#import_jsf_screen">Import JSF Project</ulink>
+ wizard and also whether to register Web Context in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">server.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> or not.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Import JSF Propject Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="JSFFlowDiagram">
+ <?dbhtml filename="JSFFlowDiagram.html"?>
+ <title>JSF Flow Diagram</title>
+ <para>Selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Editors > JSF Flow Diagram</property>
+ </emphasis> allows you to specify some aspects of the Diagram mode of the JSF
+ configuration file editor.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Flow Diagram</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_15.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The first two items control the background grid for the diagram. The next two items
+ allow you to control the appearance of the labels for views (pages) and the transitions
+ between views. For these two items, clicking the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Change... </property>
+ </emphasis>button allows you to assign a font with a dialog box.</para>
+
+ <para>The first check box determines whether a view in the diagram that doesn't have a
+ transition connecting it to another view yet should be written to the source code as a
+ partial navigation rule. The next check box determines whether the diagram cursor
+ reverts immediately to the standard selection mode after it's used in the
+ transition-drawing mode to draw a transition. Finally, the last two check boxes concern
+ shortcuts. A shortcut is a transition that is there but isn't actually displayed in the
+ diagram as going all the way to the target view it's connected to, in order to make the
+ diagram clearer. With the check boxes, you can decide whether to display a small
+ shortcut icon as part of the shortcut and also whether to display the target view as a
+ label or not.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_16.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Selecting the Add Page tab in the JSF Flow Diagram screen allows you to determine the
+ default template and file extension for views (pages) you add directly into the diagram
+ using a context menu or the view-adding mode of the diagram cursor.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="label_decorations">
+ <title>Label Decorations</title>
+
+ <para>The Label Decorations page is opened from <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Label Decorations</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Label Decorations</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On this page you can determine the format for a text output near the decoration label
+ for different Web resources. To change the value for selected element, click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add Variable...</property>
+ </emphasis> button next to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Format</property>
+ </emphasis> field. Appeared wizard will prompt you to select one from the available
+ list.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Label Decoration for Validator</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Seam">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Seam.html"?>
+ <title>Seam</title>
+ <para>The following preferences can be changed on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Seam</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Seam</property>
+ </emphasis> screen you can add and remove Seam runtimes.</para>
+ <para>Here is what Seam preference page looks like:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="SeamValidator">
+ <?dbhtml filename="SeamValidator.html"?>
+ <title>Seam Validator</title>
+ <para>The following preferences can be changed on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Seam > Validator</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <para>In <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validator</property>
+ </emphasis> panel you configure seam problems that will be processed by
+ validator.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Seam Validator</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Struts">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Struts.html"?>
+ <title>Struts</title>
+ <para>By selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Struts</property>
+ </emphasis> you can configure Struts projects specific preferences.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="struts_automation">
+ <?dbhtml filename="struts_automation.html"?>
+ <title>Struts Automation</title>
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Automation</property>
+ </emphasis> panel you can modify default text for the Tilel Struts plug-in element, the
+ Validator Struts plug-in element, and error message resource files.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Automatic</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Plug-inInsets">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Plug-inInsets.html"?>
+ <title>Plug-in Insets</title>
+ <para>By selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Web > Struts > Automation > Plug-in Insets</property>
+ </emphasis> on tab Tiles you can define a default text for tiles plugin.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Plug-in Insets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_23.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The same is done but for validator plugin on the tab Validators.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Plug-in Insets of Validators</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_24.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ResourceInsets">
+ <?dbhtml filename="ResourceInsets.html"?>
+ <title>Resource Insets</title>
+ <para>To see Resource Insets preference page select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Strats > Automation > Resource Insets</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Resource Insets</property>
+ </emphasis> panel you determine default error messages for error resource files.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Resource Insets</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_25.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="StrutsCustomization">
+ <?dbhtml filename="StrutsCustomization"?>
+ <title>Struts Customization</title>
+ <para>The following preferences can be changed on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Struts > Customization</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <para>In the<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Customization</property>
+ </emphasis> screen you configure Link Recognizer for Struts tags.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Customization</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_26.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="StrutsProject">
+ <?dbhtml filename="StrutsProject.html"?>
+ <title>Struts Project</title>
+ <para>You can change the following preferences on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Struts > Project</property>
+ </emphasis> preference page:</para>
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project</property>
+ </emphasis> panel you define a template for a new Struts created project: servlet
+ version, page template and so on.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_27.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Selecting the Import Project tab in the Struts Project screen allows you to determine
+ the default servlet version and whether to register Web Context in server.xml.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Import Struts Pages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_28.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="StrutsSupport">
+ <?dbhtml filename="StrutsSupport.html"?>
+ <title>Struts Support</title>
+ <para>The following preferences can be changed on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Struts > Project > Struts Support</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Struts Support</property>
+ </emphasis> screen if you want to configure Struts versions support settings.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Support</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_29.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="StrutsPages">
+ <?dbhtml filename="StrutsPages.html"?>
+ <title>Struts Pages</title>
+ <para>You can change the following preferences on the JBoss Tools > Web > Struts > Struts
+ Pages preference page.</para>
+ <para>On <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Struts Pages</property>
+ </emphasis> panel you can add or remove Struts pages.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Pages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_30.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="StrutsFlowDiagram">
+ <?dbhtml filename="StrutsFlowDiagram.html"?>
+ <title>Struts Flow Diagram</title>
+ <para>Similarly to the JSF Flow Diagram screen, selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Editor > Struts Flow Diagram</property>
+ </emphasis> page allows you to specify aspects of the Diagram mode of the Struts
+ configuration file editor. The Struts Flow Diagram screen adds an option to hide the
+ Diagram tab and labeling settings for additional artifacts. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Struts Flow Diagram</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_31.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Selecting the Add Page tab in the Struts Flow Diagram screen allows you to determine
+ the default template and file extension for views (pages) you add directly into the
+ diagram using a context menu or the view-adding mode of the diagram cursor.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_32.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="tiles_diagram">
+ <?dbhtml filename="titles_diagram.html"?>
+ <title>Tiles Diagram</title>
+ <para><emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Editors > Title Diagram</property>
+ </emphasis> screen allows you control some settings for the placement of Tiles
+ definitions in the Diagram mode of the JBoss Tools Tiles editor.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Title Diagram</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_33.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="Verification">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Verification.html"?>
+ <title>Verification</title>
+ <para>The following preferences can be changed on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Verification</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <para>On Rules Configuration tab of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Verifcation</property>
+ </emphasis> panel you can determine JSF and Struts rules.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Verification</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_34.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>On Options tab you can define a limit for the reported errors number.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Options of Verification</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_35.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="JBossServerPreferences">
+ <?dbhtml filename="View.html"?>
+ <title>Server Preferences</title>
+ <para>Preferences for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> and other servers can be changed on
+ the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Server Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_36.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime Environments</property>
+ </emphasis> page you can add new or modify already defined Server Runtime.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Runtime Environments</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_37.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Server Launching preferences can be configured on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server > Launching</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Server Launching Preferences</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_38.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Going to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Server > Audio</property>
+ </emphasis> you can enable/disable the sound notification for different Server states
+ and actions and set the sound volume as well.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Sound Notification Adjustment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_40.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="XDoclet">
+ <?dbhtml filename="XDoclet.html"?>
+ <title>XDoclet</title>
+ <para>The preferences for XDoclet can be changed if you click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XDoclet</property>
+ </emphasis> on the left navigation bar.</para>
+ <para>On the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XDoclet</property>
+ </emphasis> screen it's possible to enable/disable XDoclet builder by checking
+ proper box, specify XDoclet home and determine XDoclet module version as well.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XDoclet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_41.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Switch to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XDoclet > ejbdoclet</property>
+ </emphasis> page in order to adjust settings for EJB-specific sub-tasks.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>ejbdoclet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_42.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To configure settings for various web-specific XDoclet sub-tasks, follow to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">XDoclet > webdoclet</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>webdoclet</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_43.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the whole, this document should guide you to those parts of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ Tools</property> which you specifically need to develop Web Applications. It covers
+ different aspects of visual components such as editors, views, etc. for browsing,
+ representing and editing web resources you are working with.</para>
+
+ <para>If there's anything we didn't cover or you can't figure
+ out, please feel free to visit our <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=258">JBoss Developer Studio Users Forum</ulink> or <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss Tools Users Forum</ulink> to ask questions. There we are also looking for
+ your suggestions and comments.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <!--section id="XDocletTemplates">
+ <?dbhtml filename="XDocletTemplates.html"?>
+ <title>XDoclet Templates</title>
+ <para>To see what XDoclet tags templates available for completion select <emphasis>
+ <property>JBoss Tools > XDoclet > Code Assist > Templates</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>XDoclet Templates</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_32.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>By right clicking on any tree element you can add a new template, remove or rename it
+ and also add a new tree.</para>
+ <para>Select, for example, <emphasis>
+ <property>Add</property>
+ </emphasis> and you'll be prompted by a list of available elements to
+ add.</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Add New XDoclet Template</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_33.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>By double-clicking some element a new list will be shown: now for available
+ methods.</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Select New Element</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_34.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Choose any element from the list, then select an attribute.</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Select New Element</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_35.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>It will be added to the available templates.</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>Select New Element</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_36.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="XDocletsVariables">
+ <?dbhtml filename="XDocletsVariables.html"?>
+ <title>XDoclets Variables</title>
+ <para>By selecting <emphasis>
+ <property>JBoss Tools > XDoclet > Variables</property>
+ </emphasis> you define variables used in templates.</para>
+ <figure>
+ <title>XDoclets Variables</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_37.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ChangingDefaultEnvironmentDuringProjectCreation">
+ <?dbhtml filename="ChangingDefaultEnvironmentDuringProjectCreation.html"?>
+ <title>Changing Default Environment During Project Creation</title>
+
+ <para>To change the default environment and project template for either JSF or Struts new
+ project creation:</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select<emphasis>
+ <property> Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web
+ > {JSF or Struts} > Project</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For Version set the environment you want to be the default one</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For Project Template set the template you want to be the default one</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <figure>
+ <title>Changing Enviroment Template</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_36.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ChangingDefaultProjectTemplateDuringProjectCreatio8n">
+ <?dbhtml filename="ChangingDefaultEnvironmentDuringProjectCreation.html"?>
+ <title>Changing Default Project Template During Project Creation</title>
+
+ <para>To change the default project template for either JSF or Struts new project
+ creation:</para>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select<emphasis>
+ <property> Window > Preferences > JBoss Tools > Web > {JSF or Struts} >
+ Project</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For Project Template set the template you want to be the default one</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
+ <figure>
+ <title>Changing Project Template</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/preferences/preferences_37.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+-->
+</chapter>
+
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13344 - trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: abogachuk
Date: 2009-01-29 12:36:04 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13344
Added:
trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images/jbossws_ws_creation2.png
Log:
Added: trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images/jbossws_ws_creation2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Property changes on: trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images/jbossws_ws_creation2.png
___________________________________________________________________
Name: svn:mime-type
+ application/octet-stream
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13343 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:35:55 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13343
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:35:55 UTC (rev 13343)
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/introduction.xml">
+<!ENTITY jsf_application SYSTEM "modules/jsf_application.xml">
+<!ENTITY adding_navigation SYSTEM "modules/adding_navigation.xml">
+<!ENTITY adding_managed_bean SYSTEM "modules/adding_managed_bean.xml">
+<!ENTITY jsp_view_files SYSTEM "modules/jsp_view_files.xml">
+<!ENTITY start_page SYSTEM "modules/start_page.xml">
+<!ENTITY running_application SYSTEM "modules/running_application.xml">
+<!ENTITY relevant_resources SYSTEM "modules/relevant_resources.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>JSF Tools Tutorial</title>
+
+ <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 3.0.0.CR2
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/struts_tools_tutoria...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+
+<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/introduction.xml" xreflabel="introduction">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>The following chapters describe how to deal with classic/old style of JSF development. We
+ recommend users to use <ulink url="../../seam/html_single/index.html">JBoss
+ Seam</ulink> to simplify development, but until then you can read about classical JSF
+ usage here.</para>
+
+ <para>Thus, in this document we are going to show you how to create a simple <property moreinfo="none">JSF application
+ </property>using <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> plugins for Eclipse. The completed
+ application will ask a user to enter a name and click a button. The resulting new page
+ will display the familiar message, "Hello <name>!" This
+ tutorial will show you how to create and run such an application from the beginning along the
+ way demonstrating some of the powerful features of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/devstudio/docs">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="jsf_application" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/jsf_application.xml" xreflabel="jsf_application">
+ <?dbhtml filename="jsf_application.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Creating a Simple JSF Application</title>
+
+ <para>Firstly, we assume that you have already launched Eclipse with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ plug-ins installed and also that the <property moreinfo="none">Web Development perspective</property> is the current
+ one. (If not, make it active by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Web Development</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar or by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar and then selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Web Development</property>
+ </emphasis> from the Select Perspective dialog box.)</para>
+
+ <section id="setting_up_the_project">
+ <?dbhtml filename="SettingUpTheProject.html"?>
+ <title>Setting Up the Project</title>
+ <para>Now we are going to create a new project for the application.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For that go to the menu bar and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Project...</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools Web > JSF > JSF Project</property>
+ </emphasis> in the New Project dialog box</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Enter "jsfHello" as the project name.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Leave everything else as is, and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="TheJSFApplicationConfigurationFile">
+ <?dbhtml filename="TheJSFApplicationConfigurationFile.html"?>
+ <title>JSF Configuration File</title>
+ <para>A jsfHello node should appear in the upper-left Package Explorer view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Package Explorer View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the plus sign next to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jsfHello</property>
+ </emphasis> to reveal the child nodes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the plus sign next to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property>
+ </emphasis> under jsfHello</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the plus sign next to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">WEB-INF</property>
+ </emphasis> under WebContent</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Then double-click on the <property moreinfo="none">faces-config.xml</property> node to display
+ the JSF application configuration file editor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configuration File Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="adding_navigation" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/adding_navigation.xml" xreflabel="adding_navigation">
+ <?dbhtml filename="adding_navigation.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Adding Navigation to the Application</title>
+
+ <para>In our simple application, the flow is defined as a single navigation rule connecting
+ two views (presentation files). At this point, we will create the placeholders for the
+ two JSP presentation files and then the navigation rule to connect them as views. Later,
+ we will complete the coding for the JSP presentation files. We can do all of this in the
+ Diagram mode of the configuration file editor.</para>
+ <section id="AddingTwoViewsJSPPages">
+ <?dbhtml filename="AddingTwoViewsJSPPages.html"?>
+ <title>Adding Two Views (JSP Pages)</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Right-click anywhere on the diagram and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New View...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the pop-up menu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the dialog box, type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">pages/inputname</property>
+ </emphasis> as the value for From-view-id</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Leave everything else as is</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ <para>If you look in the Package Explorer view you should see a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">pages</property>
+ </emphasis> folder under WebContent. Opening it will reveal the JSP file you
+ just created</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Back on the diagram, right-click anywhere and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New View...</property>
+ </emphasis> from the pop-up menu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the dialog box, type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">pages/greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> as the value for From-view-id</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Leave everything else as is</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="CreatingTheTransitionNavigationRule">
+ <?dbhtml filename="CreatingTheTransitionNavigationRule.html"?>
+ <title>Creating the Transition (Navigation Rule)</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the diagram, select the connection icon third from the top along
+ the upper left side of the diagram</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Connection Icon</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>to get an arrow cursor with a two-pronged plug at the arrow's bottom.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">pages/inputname</property>
+ </emphasis> page icon and then click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">pages/greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> page icon</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>A transition should appear between the two icons.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Transition Between Two Icons</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > Save</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="adding_managed_bean" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/adding_managed_bean.xml" xreflabel="adding_managed_bean">
+ <?dbhtml filename="adding_managed_bean.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Adding a Managed Bean to the Application</title>
+ <para>To store data in the application, we will use a managed bean.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree</property>
+ </emphasis> tab at the bottom of the editing window</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Managed Beans</property>
+ </emphasis> node and then click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
+ </emphasis> button displayed along the right side of the editor window</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Type in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jsfHello.PersonBean</property>
+ </emphasis> for Class and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">personBean</property>
+ </emphasis> for Name. Leave Scope as is and Generate Source Code as is
+ (checked)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>personBean will now be selected and three sections of information: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Managed Bean</property>
+ </emphasis>, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property>
+ </emphasis>, and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Advanced</property>
+ </emphasis>, will be displayed about it. Under the Properties section, click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Type in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">name</property>
+ </emphasis> for Property-Name. Leave everything else as is. (When Property-
+ Class is not filled in, String is the assumed type)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">personBean</property>
+ </emphasis> node in the tree</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>You should see this now:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Tree View in Config Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > Save</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>You have now registered the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">managed bean</property>
+ </emphasis> and created a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">stub-coded class</property>
+ </emphasis> file for it.</para>
+
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="jsp_view_files" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/jsp_view_files.xml" xreflabel="jsp_view_files">
+ <?dbhtml filename="jsp_view_files.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Editing the JSP View Files</title>
+
+ <para>Now we will finish editing the JSP files for our two "views" using
+ JSP Visual Page.</para>
+ <section id="Inputname.jsp">
+ <title>inputname.jsp</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Diagram</property>
+ </emphasis> tab for the configuration file editor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the editor for this first JSP file by double-clicking on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">/pages/inputname. jsp</property>
+ </emphasis> icon</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>The Visual Page Editor will open in a screen split between source code along the
+ top and a WYSIWIG view along the bottom:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual Page Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Some JSF code is already in the file, because we have chosen a template to create
+ a page.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual</property>
+ </emphasis> tab, so we can work with the editor completely in its WYSIWYG
+ mode</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To the right of the editor, in the JBoss Tools Palette, expand the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JSF HTML</property>
+ </emphasis> palette folder by selecting it</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Tools Palette</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">form</property>
+ </emphasis> within this folder, drag the cursor over to the editor, and drop
+ it inside the red box in the editor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Another red box will appear inside the first red box</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Right-click on the innermost box and select <emphasis role="bold">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><h:form></property>
+ </emphasis> Attributes from the menu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the value field next to id, type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> and click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Close</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Type "Please enter name:" inside the boxes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">inputText</property>
+ </emphasis> within the JSF HTML palette folder and drag it into the
+ innermost box in the editor after "Please enter
+ name:"</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the attributes dialog, click in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">value</property>
+ </emphasis> field next to the value attribute and click on the <property moreinfo="none">...
+ </property>button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Then, select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Managed Beans > personBean > name</property>
+ </emphasis> node and click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ok</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Back in the attributes dialog, select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Advanced</property>
+ </emphasis> tab, type in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">name</property>
+ </emphasis> as the value for the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"id"</property>
+ </emphasis> attribute, and then click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">commandButton</property>
+ </emphasis> within the JSF HTML palette folder and drag it into the
+ innermost box in the editor after the input box</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the attributes dialog, click in the value field next to the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"action"</property>
+ </emphasis> attribute and click on the <property moreinfo="none">...
+ </property>button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Then, select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">View Actions > greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> node and click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Back in the attributes dialog box, type in "Say Hello"
+ as the value for the value attribute ("Say Hello") and
+ then click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The source coding should be something like this now:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<%@ taglib uri="http://java.sun.com/jsf/html" prefix="h" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="http://java.sun.com/jsf/core" prefix="f" %>
+<html>
+<head>
+<title></title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<f:view>
+<h:form id="greeting">
+<para>Please enter a name:</para>
+<h:inputText id="name" value="#{personBean.name}"/>
+<h:commandButton value=" Say Hello " action="greeting"/>
+</h:form>
+</f:view>
+</body>
+</html>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <para>The editor should look like this:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Visual Page Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Save the file by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > Save</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ <section id="Greeting.jsp">
+ <title>greeting.jsp</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">faces-config.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> tab to bring the diagram back</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Open the editor for the second file by double-clicking on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">/pages/greeting.jsp</property>
+ </emphasis> icon</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Visual</property>
+ </emphasis> tab, so we can work with the editor completely in its WYSIWYG
+ mode</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Type "Hello "(note space after Hello) into the
+ box</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">outputText</property>
+ </emphasis> within the JSF HTML palette folder and drag it into the
+ innermost box in the editor after "Hello"</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the attributes dialog, click in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">value</property>
+ </emphasis> field next to the value attribute and click on the
+ <property moreinfo="none">...</property> (Browse) button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Then, select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Managed Beans > personBean > name</property>
+ </emphasis> node, click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Ok</property>
+ </emphasis> button, and then click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Right after the output field, type an <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">exclamation point</property>
+ </emphasis> (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">!</property>
+ </emphasis>)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The source coding should be something like this now:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<%@ taglib uri="http://java.sun.com/jsf/html" prefix="h" %>
+<%@ taglib uri="http://java.sun.com/jsf/core" prefix="f" %>
+<html>
+<head>
+<title></title>
+</head>
+<body>
+<f:view>
+Hello <h:outputText value="#{personBean.name}"/>!
+</f:view>
+</body>
+</html>
+]]></programlisting>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Save the file</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="start_page" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/start_page.xml" xreflabel="start_page">
+ <?dbhtml filename="start_page.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Creating the Start Page</title>
+ <para>You also need to create a start page as an entry point into the application.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Package Explorer view to the left, right-click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jsfHello > WebContent</property>
+ </emphasis> and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > JSP File</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For Name type in <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">index</property>
+ </emphasis>, for Template select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JSPRedirect</property>
+ </emphasis> and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>A JSP editor will open up on the newly created file.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Source part of the split screen, type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">/pages/inputname.jsf</property>
+ </emphasis> in between the quotes for the page attribute</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The source coding should look like this now:</para>
+ <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[<!doctype html public "-//w3c//dtd html 4.0 transitional//en">
+<html>
+<head></head>
+<body>
+<jsp:forward page="/pages/inputname.jsf" />
+</body>
+</html>
+]]></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Note the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jsf</property>
+ </emphasis> extension for the file name. This is a mapping defined in the web.xml file
+ for the project for invoking <property moreinfo="none">JavaServer Faces</property> when you run the
+ application.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> File > Save</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="running_application" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/running_application.xml" xreflabel="running_application">
+ <?dbhtml filename="running_application.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Running the Application</title>
+ <para>Everything is now ready for running our application by using the JBoss engine. For
+ controlling JBoss server there is JBoss Server view:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JBoss Server View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Start up JBoss by clicking on the icon in JBoss Server view. (If JBoss is
+ already running, stop it by clicking on the red icon and then start it again.
+ Remember, the JSF run-time requires restarting the servlet engine when any
+ changes have been made.) After the messages in the Console tabbed view stop
+ scrolling, JBoss is available</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the Run icon or right click your project folder and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property>
+ </emphasis>:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Run Icon</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_application/jsf_application_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>This is the equivalent of launching the browser and typing <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">http://localhost:8080/jsfHello</property>
+ </emphasis> into your browser. Our <property moreinfo="none">JSF application</property> should now
+ appear.</para>
+ </chapter>
+
+<chapter id="relevant_resources" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_tutorial/en/modules/relevant_resources.xml" xreflabel="relevant_resources">
+ <?dbhtml filename="relevant_resources.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF application</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Other Relevant Resources on the topic</title>
+ <para>JSF on Sun: <ulink url="http://java.sun.com/javaee/javaserverfaces/">JavaServer Faces
+ Technology</ulink></para>
+ <para>Core JSF: <ulink url="http://www.horstmann.com/corejsf/">Core JavaServer Faces</ulink></para>
+ <para>API: <ulink url="http://java.sun.com/javaee/javaserverfaces/1.1/docs/api/index.html">JSF
+ API</ulink></para>
+ <para>JSF Tags: <ulink url="http://www.horstmann.com/corejsf/jsf-tags.html">JSF Core
+ Tags</ulink></para>
+ <para>HTML Tags Reference: <ulink url="http://www.exadel.com/tutorial/jsf/jsftags-guide.html">JSF HTML Tags Reference</ulink></para>
+ <para>JSF Central: <ulink url="http://www.jsfcentral.com/">JSF Central - Your JavaServer Faces
+ Community</ulink></para>
+ <para>FAQ: <ulink url="http://wiki.java.net/bin/view/Projects/JavaServerFacesSpecFaq">JSF
+ FAQ</ulink></para>
+ <para>Download: <ulink url="http://java.sun.com/javaee/javaserverfaces/download.html">JavaServer
+ Faces Technology - Download</ulink></para>
+
+ <para>In summary, with this tutorial you should now know how to organize JSF sample application
+ using the wizards provided by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>, configure its stuff and
+ finally run it on the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para>
+
+ <para>Find out more features on JSF tooling in our <ulink url="../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">JSF Tools
+ Reference Guide</ulink>. If you have questions and suggestions, please refer to <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss
+ Tools Forum</ulink>.</para>
+</chapter>
+
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13342 - trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: abogachuk
Date: 2009-01-29 12:35:44 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13342
Removed:
trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images/jbossws_ws_creation2.png
Log:
Deleted: trunk/ws/docs/reference/en/images/jbossws_ws_creation2.png
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13341 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:35:27 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13341
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:35:27 UTC (rev 13341)
@@ -0,0 +1,1987 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+[
+<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/introduction.xml">
+<!ENTITY jsf_support SYSTEM "modules/jsf_support.xml">
+<!ENTITY projects SYSTEM "modules/projects.xml">
+<!ENTITY jsf_config_file SYSTEM "modules/jsf_config_file.xml">
+<!ENTITY managed_beans SYSTEM "modules/managed_beans.xml">
+<!ENTITY creation_and_registration SYSTEM "modules/creation_and_registration.xml">
+<!ENTITY jsf_project_verification SYSTEM "modules/jsf_project_verification.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY migrationlink "../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html">
+
+
+]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>JSF Tools Reference Guide</title>
+
+ <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author>
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ Version: 3.0.0.CR2
+ </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jsf_tools_ref_guide/...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+
+<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>JSF Tools are especially designed for supporting JSF and JSF-related technologies. JSF
+ Tools provide extensible and exemplary tools for building JSF-based applications as well as
+ adding JSF capabilities to existing web projects, importing JSF projects and choosing any
+ JSF implementation while developing JSF application.</para>
+
+ <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JSF tooling which allows you to
+ develop JSF applications much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your time.</para>
+
+ <section id="jsf_key_features">
+ <title>Key Features of JSF Tools</title>
+
+ <para>Here, we provide you with a key functionality which is integrated in JSF tooling.</para>
+
+ <table>
+ <title>Key Functionality for JSF Tools</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Feature</entry>
+ <entry>Benefit</entry>
+ <entry>Chapter</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>JSF and Facelets support</entry>
+ <entry>Step-by-step wizards for creating new JSF and Facelets projects with a number of predefined templates, importing existing ones and adding JSF capabilities to non-jsf web projects.</entry>
+ <entry><link linkend="jsf_support">jsf support</link></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Flexible and customizable project template management</entry>
+ <entry>Jump-start development with out-of-the-box templates or easily
+ customized templates for re-use.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="projects">projects</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Support for JSF Configuration File</entry>
+ <entry>Working on file using three modes: diagram, tree and source.
+ Synchronization between the modes and full control over the code. Easy
+ moving around the diagram using the Diagram Navigator.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="jsf_config_file">graphical editor for jsf</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Support for Managed Beans</entry>
+ <entry>Adding new managed beans, generating code for attributes, properties
+ and getter/setter methods.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="managed_beans">managed beans</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Support for Custom Converters and Validators</entry>
+ <entry>Fast creating of custom converters and validators with tree view of
+ faces-config.xml file.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="creation_and_registration">converters and validators</link>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Verification and Validation</entry>
+ <entry>All occuring errors will be immediately reported by verification
+ feature, no matter in what view you are working. Constant validation and
+ errors checking allows to catch many of the errors during development
+ process that significantly reduces development time.</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="jsf_project_verification">verification and
+ validation</link>
+ </entry>
+
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="jsf_support" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_support.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="jsf_support.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>JavaServer Faces Support</title>
+
+ <para>We don't lock you into any one <property moreinfo="none">JavaServer
+ Faces</property> implementation. You can always select the one which is
+ necessary for you while <link linkend="new_jsf_project">creating a new JSF
+ project</link>, <link linkend="add_jsf_capability">adding JSF capability</link> to
+ any existing Eclipse project or <link linkend="ImportingExsJSFProjWithAnyStr74447">importing existing JSF projects</link> as well.</para>
+ <para>At this point the special wizard will prompt you to specify a proper JSF environment.
+ It may be JSF 1.1.02 RI or JSF 1.2 which integrates a number of new features and
+ changes. The wizard also lets you select JSF implementation with a component
+ orientation such as JSF 1.2 with Facelets or MyFaces 1.1.4.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing JSF Environment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After specifying a proper JSF environment all the required libraries for the selected
+ version will be added to your project.</para>
+
+ <section id="FaceletsSupport865">
+
+ <title>Facelets Support</title>
+ <para>In this section we will focus more on all concepts that are integrated for
+ working with Facelets.</para>
+
+ <para>The Facelets extends JavaServer Faces by providing a lightweight framework
+ that radically simplifies the design of presentation pages for JSF. Facelets can be used in a variety of ways that we
+ will consider further in this section.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Facelets templates</title>
+ <para>If you want to build an application using Facelets, just create a
+ project with Facelets based on version 1.2 of the JSF Reference
+ Implementation, i. e. select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JSF 1.2 with Facelets</property>
+ </emphasis> in the JSF Environment section of the New JSF Project
+ wizard.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing Facelets Environment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Once you've selected the environment, it's possible
+ to specify the one of three available templates:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing Facelets Template</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The following table lists possible templates with Facelets for any JSF
+ project and gives a proper description for each one.</para>
+ <table>
+ <title>Facelets Templates</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Template</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">FaceletsBlankWithoutLibs</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Some servers already provide
+ jsf libs and you take risk
+ of getting conflicting
+ libraries while deploying
+ your project. To avoid such
+ conflicts, use a template
+ without libs if you have a
+ server with its own jsf
+ libraries</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">FaceletsKickStartWithRILibs</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>A sample application with
+ Facelets that is ready to
+ run</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">FaceletsKickStartWithoutLibs</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>A sample application without
+ libraries</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Facelets components</title>
+
+ <para>The <ulink url="../../jsf/html_single/index.html#palette">JBoss Tools
+ Palette</ulink> comes with the Facelets components ready to
+ use. A useful tip appears when you hover the mouse cursor over the
+ tag, the tip includes a detailed description of the tag component,
+ the syntax and available attributes.</para>
+
+ <!-- JBoss Developer Studio does not provide templates for MyFaces right out of the box, but you can easily do it
+ yourself with the "Save As Template" feature (available on the File submenu). Just create a small project
+ with MyFaces and Facelets and then save it as a template for future use.
+
+ How can I add Facelets support to an existing project?</para>
+ <para>A: Right-click on the folder of existing project and select <emphasis>JBoss Tools > Add Custom Capabilities.. > Facelets</emphasis>. </para>
+ -->
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Facelets Components</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_4.png" scale="65"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Code assist for Facelets</title>
+
+ <para>One more feature which comes with Facelets support is code assist
+ (Ctrl + Space). It is available for <property moreinfo="none">Facelets
+ tags</property> while editing <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.xhtml</property>
+ </emphasis> files.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>XHTML File Code Assist</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_5.png" scale="60"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>What's more, code assist is also available for <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"jsfc"</property>
+ </emphasis> attribute in any HTML tag.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Assist for JSFC Attribute</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_6.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After selecting <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"jsfc"</property>
+ </emphasis> you get the code assist for JSF components available on
+ a page.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Assist for JSF Components</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When a component is chosen you will see all available attributes for
+ it.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Available Attributes for the Component</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_8.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section>
+ <title>Open On feature</title>
+ <para>Finally, Eclipse's <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OpenOn</property>
+ </emphasis> feature for editing Facelets files is supported. Using this feature,
+ you can easily navigate between the <property moreinfo="none">Facelets
+ templates</property> and other parts of your projects. Just by
+ holding down the Control key while hovering the mouse cursor over a
+ reference to a template, the reference becomes a hyperlink to open
+ that template.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Template Hyperlink</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_9.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <!-- <para>Additionally, when hovering the mouse cursor over <emphasis role="italic"><property>"Facelets tag"</property></emphasis> attributes, JBoss Developer Studio provides a pop-up help tip:</para>
+ <figure>
+<title>Pop-up Help Tip for Facelets Tag Attributes</title>
+<mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/defaultImage.png"/>
+ </imageobject>
+</mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ -->
+ <!-- <para>See <link linkend="faq_facelets">FAQ</link> concerning Facelets
+ support.</para>
+ -->
+ </section>
+
+ <!--section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>Necessary information and support for Facelets find out <ulink
+ url="https://facelets.dev.java.net/"
+ >here</ulink>.</para>
+ </section-->
+ </section>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ <!--section>
+ <title>Relevant Resources Links</title>
+ <para>If you don't familiar with <ulink
+ url="http://java.sun.com/javaee/javaserverfaces/">JSF
+ technology</ulink>, we suggest that you walk through the
+ information on the topic.</para>
+ </section-->
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="projects" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/projects.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="projects.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Projects</title>
+ <para>To take an advantage of JSF firstly you should perform one of the next
+ steps:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Create new JSF projects</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Import (open) existing JSF projects</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add JSF capability to any existing Eclipse
+ project</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Import and add JSF capability to any existing project
+ created outside Eclipse.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>In this section we're going to stop on each of them in
+ detail.</para>
+
+ <section id="new_jsf_project">
+
+ <title>Creating a New JSF Project</title>
+
+ <para>If you want your project to already contain all JSF
+ libraries, tag libraries and JSF configuration file, just
+ organize a new brand JSF project. It is possible to do this easily with the
+ help of the special wizard. To get it, select<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> File > New > Project
+ > JBoos Tools Web > JSF
+ > JSF Project</property>
+ </emphasis> and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>.</emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing a JSF Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the next form you'll be prompted to enter
+ <property moreinfo="none">Project Name</property> and select a
+ location for the project or just leave a default path.</para>
+ <para>Here, JSF Version also allows you to select which JSF
+ implementation to use.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a New JSF Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_11.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>There is a number of predefined project templates that are flexible and
+ easily customizable. Thus you can pick a different template
+ on which the projects Importing Existing should be based on. Almost all
+ templates come in two variations: with jsf libraries and
+ without ones.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Choosing JSF Templates</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_12.png "></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The table below provides description for each possible JSF
+ template.</para>
+ <table>
+ <title>JSF Project Templates</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec>
+ <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec>
+
+
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Template</para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry align="center">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JSFBlankWithLibs</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>This template will
+ create a standard
+ Web project
+ structure with all
+ JSF
+ capabilities</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JSFKickStartWithLibs</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>This template will
+ create a standard
+ Web project
+ structure but will
+ also include a
+ sample application
+ that is ready to
+ run</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JSFKickStartWithoutLibs</property>
+ </emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </entry>
+
+ <entry>
+ <para>Some servers already
+ provide jsf libs and
+ you take risk of
+ getting conflicting
+ libraries while
+ deploying your
+ project. To avoid
+ such conflicts, use
+ a template without
+ libs if you have a
+ server with its own
+ jsf libraries</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+
+ <!-- <para>You can of course create your own custom templates. More information
+ on templates creation could be found in <link
+ linkend="CreatingCustomJSPTemplates">Chapter 5</link>.</para>
+ -->
+
+ <para>On the next screen select what <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Servlet version</property>
+ </emphasis> to use and whether to register this application
+ with JBoss AS (or other server) for running and testing your application.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property>
+ </emphasis> is the name under which the application will be
+ deployed.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries
+ in order to build (compile) the project. It is not possible
+ to finish project creation without selecting Runtime. If you
+ don't have any values, select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
+ </emphasis> to add new Runtime.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property>
+ </emphasis> allows you specifying whether to deploy the
+ application. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime
+ value selected above. If you don't want to deploy
+ the application, uncheck this value.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Registering the Project on Server</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_14.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>When you are all done, you should have the project that has
+ been appeared in the Package Explorer view:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>A New Project in the Package Explorer</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_15.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>At this point you can open <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">faces-config.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> and start working on your application.
+ There are a lot of features
+ to develop JSF applications. We will describe the features
+ further.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ImportingExsJSFProjWithAnyStr74447">
+
+ <title>Importing Existing JSF Projects with Any Structure</title>
+
+ <para>For detailed information on migration of JSF projects into a workspace see <ulink url="../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html#jsf_struts">Migration Guide</ulink>.</para>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="add_jsf_capability">
+
+ <title>Adding JSF Capability to Any Existing Eclipse Project</title>
+
+ <para>It's also possible to add <property moreinfo="none">JSF capability</property>
+ (JSF libraries, tag libraries) to any existing Eclipse
+ project in your workspace. After that you'll be
+ able to make use of such editors as JSF configuration editor, JBoss
+ Tools JSP editor and any others.</para>
+ <para>Right click the project and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Add JSF
+ Capabilities</property>. </emphasis> This will start
+ the process of adding all necessary libraries, files to make
+ this a Web JSF project.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding JSF Capabilities</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_16.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The wizard will first ask you to show the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">web.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> file location and the project name.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Location</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_17.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>On the last form you can set the different folders for your
+ project as well as register this application with a servlet
+ container.</para>
+
+ <para>Make sure to select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add Libraries</property>
+ </emphasis> to add all required JSF related libraries to this project.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property>
+ </emphasis> is the name under which the application will be
+ deployed.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property>
+ </emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries
+ in order to build (compile) the project. It is not possible
+ to finish project import without selecting Runtime. If you
+ don't have any values, select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New...</property>
+ </emphasis> to add new Runtime.</para>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property>
+ </emphasis> allows you to specify whether to deploy the
+ application. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime
+ value selected above. If you don't want to deploy
+ the application, uncheck this value.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Project Folders</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_18.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Once your project is imported you can see that JSF related
+ libraries have been added to your project: <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jsf-api.jar</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jsf-impl.jar</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Some application servers provide their own jsf
+ implementation libraries. Thus, to avoid conflicts you
+ should not add jsf libraries while adding jsf
+ capabilities.</para>
+ </note>
+ <para>You are now ready to work with JSF by creating a new JSF
+ configuration file:</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a New JSF Configuration File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_19.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Once the file has been created, it should be opened in a
+ special <link linkend="jsf_config_file">Faces Config Editor</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="AddingYourOwnProjectTemplates853">
+
+ <title>Adding Your Own Project Templates</title>
+ <para>Template is a set of files that is served as a basis to facilitate
+ the creation of a new project. Project templates provide
+ content and structure for a project.</para>
+ <para>There is a powerful
+ templating capability for creating new and importing
+ existing Struts and JSF projects. This templating facility
+ has a variety of aspects to consider. But, let's
+ start with the most straightforward case and consider the
+ process of creating a template from your existing JSF
+ project.</para>
+
+ <para>Let's say you have a project that you want to use as
+ the basis for a new <property moreinfo="none">template</property>. Follow
+ these steps to make a template out of it:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Web Projects view, right-click the
+ project and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools JSF > Save As
+ Template</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Saving Your Project as Template</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_20.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the first dialog box, you can choose a name
+ for the template (defaults to the project
+ name) and confirm what run-time
+ implementation of the project
+ technology will be used</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Define Template Properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_20_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> and you will be sent to a dialog
+ box with your project structure displayed
+ with check boxes. Here you can check only
+ those parts and files in your project
+ directory that should be part of the
+ template</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Define Template Properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_20_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At this point, unless you want to designate
+ some extra files as having Velocity template
+ coding inside them, you should click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>That's it. Now, you can use this template with any
+ new or imported project that uses the same run-time
+ implementation as the project you turned into a
+ template.</para>
+ <para>At this point, you have a fully configured project and now you can
+ bring some new logic to it starting from JSF configuration
+ file.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="jsf_config_file" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_config_file.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="jsf_config_file.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>JSF Configuration File Editor</title>
+
+ <para>First, we should mention that JSF configuration file (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">faces-config.xml</property>
+ </emphasis>) is intended for registering JSF application resources such as Converters,
+ Validators, Managed Beans and page-to-page navigation rules.</para>
+ <para>Now, let's look at how you can easily configure this file by means of a special
+ graphical editor for JSF configuration file. The editor has three main views:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Diagram</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Tree</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Source</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>They can be selected via the tabs at the bottom of the editor.</para>
+
+ <section id="Diagram9553">
+
+ <title>Diagram view</title>
+
+ <para>Here, we will show you how to work with JSF configuration file through the Diagram
+ view of the editor.</para>
+ <para>As you can see on the figure below, the Diagram view displays the navigation rules in
+ the faces-config.xml:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Diagram View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_21.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If your diagram is large, make use of the Outline view. Within it you can switch to a <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Diagram Navigator</property>
+ </emphasis> mode by selecting the middle icon at the top of the view window. It allows
+ you to easily move around the diagram. Just move the blue area in any direction, and the
+ diagram on the left will also move:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Outline View for Diagram</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_32.png" scale="50"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To create a new page here, you should click the page icon (View Template) on the
+ toolbar from the left and then click anywhere on the diagram. A New Page Wizard will
+ appear.</para>
+
+ <para>To create a transition for connecting pages:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select the transition icon from the toolbar (New Connection).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the source page.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click the target page.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>A transition will appear between the two pages:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Transition between JSP Pages</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_22.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>It is also possible to create a new page with context menu by right-clicking anywhere
+ on the diagram and selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New View</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating a New View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_23.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>To edit an existing transition, first select the transition line. Then, place the
+ mouse cursor over the last black dot (on the target page). The mouse cursor will change
+ to a big +. At this point, drag the line to a new target page:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Editing Transition between Views</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_24.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="TreeView11123" role="updated">
+
+ <title>Tree View</title>
+
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can find it more convenient to edit your JSF Configuration file in the Tree view of
+ the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">VPE</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The view displays all JSF application artifacts referenced in the configuration file
+ in a tree format. By selecting any node on the left, you can see and edit its properties
+ which will appear in the right-hand area. Let's look at the structure of this
+ tree more closely.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Under the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Application</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node you can adjust JSF application specific settings such as
+ internationalization, possibility to set extensions, add property and variable
+ resolvers, etc.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">JSF Application Specific Settings</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_24a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Components</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node is for registering custom JSF components. Right-click and
+ choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">New > Component</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> or just press the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button in the right-hand area to add a new component to the JSF
+ Configuration file.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Registering a New JSF Component</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_24b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Add Component wizard</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you should set a component
+ type and point to a component class by using the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Browse</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button or create a new class for this component by using the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Component-Class</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> link.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding a New JSF Component to the JSF Configuration File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_24c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Use the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Render Kit</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node to create and register a set of related renderers for custom
+ JSF components.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding a New JSF Component to the JSF Configuration File</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_24d.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Under the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Converters</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node you can create a converter class for your JSF application
+ either with id or for a proper class. How to do that see the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="CreateAndRegisterACustomConverter94230"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Create and Register a
+ Custom Converter</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Creating a New Custom Converter</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_59.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Managed Bean</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node is meant for creating and registering Bean classes in your JSF
+ application. Read more on the topic in the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="managed_beans"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Managed
+ Beans</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> chapter.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Managed Beans</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_26.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Use the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Navigation Rules</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node to configure a navigation between the pages in your
+ application: create a new navigation rule and adjust necessary properties for it
+ in the right-hand area.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <tip diffmk:change="added">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tip:</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The same you can do in the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="Diagram9553"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Diagram view</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> of the
+ JSF Configuration file editor.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Configuring Navigation Rules</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_26a.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Under the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Referenced Beans</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node you can add a new Referenced Bean and configure various
+ properties for it. To learn more on this refer to the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="referenced_beans"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Create and Register Referenced Beans</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">
+ section.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Referenced Beans</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_26b.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Validators</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node is needed to create validator classes for organizing the
+ validation of your application data. You can read more on the topic in the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="CreateAndRegisterACustomValidator5632"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Create and Register a Custom
+ Validator</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section.</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Validators</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_26c.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist diffmk:change="added">
+ <listitem diffmk:change="added">
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Extensions</diffmk:wrapper></property>
+ </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> node is for setting extensions for your </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added">
+ <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">faces-config.xml</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">.</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0">
+ <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding Extensions</diffmk:wrapper></title>
+ <mediaobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imageobject diffmk:change="added">
+ <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_26d.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">In the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Tree view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> you can also edit the properties of the selected
+ element with the help of the </diffmk:wrapper><property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Properties view</diffmk:wrapper></property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> as shown below:</diffmk:wrapper></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Properties View </title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_33.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ <section id="SourceView4643">
+
+ <title>Source View</title>
+
+ <para>Here, we'll discuss how you can configure your faces-config.xml with the help
+ of Source View.</para>
+ <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the JSF configuration file.
+ It is always synchronized with other two views, so any changes made in one of the views
+ will immediately appear in the other:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_27.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>You can also work in the Source view with the help of the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property>.</emphasis> The Outline view shows a tree
+ structure of the JSF configuration file. Simply select any element in the Outline view,
+ and it will jump to the same place in the Source editor, so you can navigate through the
+ source code with Outline view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Outline View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_31.png" scale="50"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="jsf_editor_features">
+ <title>Editor Features</title>
+ <para>Here we'll discuss a very important features that JSF configuration file
+ editor provides for work with JSF resources.</para>
+
+ <section id="jsf_openOn">
+ <title>Open On</title>
+ <para>The JSF configuration file editor comes with a very useful OpenOn navigating
+ feature. More fully you can read about it in our <ulink url="../../jsf/html_single/index.html#OpenOnSelection4Hyperlinknavigation"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Visual Web Tools
+ Guide</diffmk:wrapper></ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ContentAssist976">
+
+ <title>Code Assist</title>
+ <para>Code Assist provides pop-up tip to help you complete your code statements. It
+ allows you to write your code faster and with more accuracy.</para>
+ <para>Code assist is always available in the Source mode:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Code Assist in Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_28.png" scale="65"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ErrorReporting3324">
+
+ <title>Error Reporting</title>
+ <para>When you are developing your project, error checking is constantly provided. This
+ greatly reduces your development time as it allows you to catch many of the errors
+ during development.</para>
+ <para>Errors will be reported by <link linkend="jsf_project_verification"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">
+ verification</diffmk:wrapper></link> facility:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error Reporting in Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_29.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Other errors are also reported.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Other Errors Reporting</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_30.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="managed_beans" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/managed_beans.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="managed_beans.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>Managed Beans</title>
+
+ <para>There is lots of power to work with <property moreinfo="none">managed beans</property>.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add and generate code for new managed beans</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Generate code for attributes and getter/setter methods</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add existing managed beans to JSF configuration file</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <para>Thus, in this section we will guides you through all this possibilities.</para>
+
+ <section id="CodeGenerationForManagedBeans421">
+
+ <title>Code Generation for Managed Beans</title>
+
+ <para>To start, create a new managed bean in JSF configuration file editor, in the Tree
+ view.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creation of New Managed Bean</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_34.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>When you define a new managed bean, make sure that <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Generate Source Code</property>
+ </emphasis> is checked as shown in the figure below.</para>
+ </note>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Managed Bean</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_35.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>After the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Java"</property>
+ </emphasis> class has been generated you can open it for additional editing. There are
+ two ways to open the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Java"</property>
+ </emphasis> class:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Managed-Bean-Class</property>
+ </emphasis> link in the editor</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>right click the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">managed bean</property>
+ </emphasis> and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Open Source</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Opening of Created Managed Bean</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_36.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The generated Java source should look as follows:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Java Source Code</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_37.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>You can also generate source code for properties, also includes <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"getter"</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"setter"</property>
+ </emphasis> methods. Right click on the bean and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Property</property>
+ </emphasis>. You will see <property moreinfo="none">Add Property</property> dialog.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generation of Source Code for Properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_38.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>When the form is open make sure that all the check boxes are selected:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add Java property</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Generate Getter</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Generate Setter</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para></para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>"Add Property" Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_39.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Once the generation is complete, you can open the file and see the added property with
+ <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"get"</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"set"</property>
+ </emphasis> methods:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generated Java Source Code for Property</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_40.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Thus, we've discussed everything which comes to creating a new Managed Bean.
+ The next section will show you how to add an existing Bean into a JSF configuration
+ file.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="AddExistingJavaBeansToAJSFConfigurationFile74332">
+
+ <title>Add Existing Java Beans to a JSF Configuration File</title>
+ <para>If you already have a Java bean you can easily add it to a <property moreinfo="none">JSF configuration
+ file</property>.</para>
+ <para>You should start the same way you create a new managed bean. Use the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
+ </emphasis> button to add your existing Java class.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Managed Bean Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_42.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Once the class is set, its <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Name</property>
+ </emphasis> will be set as well. But you can easily substitute it for the other one.
+ Notice that <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Generate Source Code</property>
+ </emphasis> option is not available as the <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"Java"</property>
+ </emphasis> class already exists. </para>
+ <para>After adding your class <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> button will be activated. Pressing it you'll get <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Managed Properties</property>
+ </emphasis> dialog where all corresponding properties are displayed. Check the necessary
+ ones to add them into your <property moreinfo="none">JSF Configuration File</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Selection of Bean's Properties.</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_43.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>If you don't want to add any, just click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <para>Above-listed steps have demonstrated how you can specify an existing Bean in the JSF
+ configuration file, i.e. <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">faces-config.xml</property>. </emphasis> In the next chapter
+ you'll know how to organize and register another kind of artifacts.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="creation_and_registration" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/creation_and_registration.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="creation_and_registration.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Creation and Registration</title>
+
+ <section id="CreateAndRegisterACustomConverter94230">
+
+ <title>Create and Register a Custom Converter</title>
+
+ <para>It's also possible to create a
+ custom Converter in order to specify your own converting rules. Let's look at how you can do this.</para>
+
+ <para>To create and register a custom converter it's necessary to
+ go through the following steps:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Project Explorer view open <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">faces-config.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree</property>
+ </emphasis> tab.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Converters</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_44.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Converters</property>
+ </emphasis> and click on<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> Add</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>On the form type the name of your converter in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Converter-id</property>
+ </emphasis> field and name of the class for
+ converters. After clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button your custom converter is
+ registered under the entered name.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add Converter Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_45.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now you can create <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"converter"</property>
+ </emphasis> class. In the Converter section you
+ should see your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Converter-id</property>
+ </emphasis> and
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Converter-class</property>.</emphasis>
+ Click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Converter-class</property>
+ </emphasis> to generate the source code.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Generation of Source Code for Converter Class</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_46.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A usual wizard for creating a Java class will appear.
+ All needed fields here will be adjusted
+ automatically. Just leave everything without changes
+ and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Java Class Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_47.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To open a converter class click again on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Converter-class</property>
+ </emphasis> link in the Converter section.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Converter Class</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_48.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Now you
+ are able to add a business logic of converter in the
+ Java editor.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="CreateAndRegisterACustomValidator5632">
+
+ <title>Create and Register a Custom Validator</title>
+
+ <para>It's also quite easy to develop your
+ own custom Validators. You should perform the actions similar to the
+ previous one. Go through the following steps:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Project Explorer view open<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> faces-config.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree </property>
+ </emphasis>tab.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Validator in Faces Config Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_49.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validators</property>
+ </emphasis> and click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add </property>
+ </emphasis>button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Type the name of your validator in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validator-id</property>
+ </emphasis> field and name of the class for
+ validators. After clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button your custom validator is
+ registered under the entered name.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding Validator</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_50.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Now you can create the "validator" class. </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Validator section you can see your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validator-id</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validator-class</property></emphasis>. To generate the source code click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validator-class</property>.
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating Validator Class</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_51.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Java class will be created automatically. Leave
+ everything without changes and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Java Class Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_52.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To open validator class click again on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Validator-Class</property>
+ </emphasis> link in the Validator section. Now you
+ are able to write a business logic of validator in
+ the Java editor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Converter Class Editing</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_53.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="referenced_beans">
+ <title>Create and Register Referenced Beans</title>
+
+ <para>Creation of Referenced Beans is similar to creation of Custom
+ Validator as well. To perform this, let's walk through the necessary steps.</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Project Explorer view open<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none"> faces-config.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Tree </property>
+ </emphasis>tab.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Referenced Beans in Faces Config Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_54.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Referenced Beans</property>
+ </emphasis> and click on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Type in the name of your Referenced Bean and type in
+ or select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Referenced-Bean-Class</property>
+ </emphasis> by using <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property>
+ </emphasis> button.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Add Referenced Bean</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_55.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Referenced Bean section you should see your <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Referenced-Bean-Name</property>
+ </emphasis> and
+ <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Referenced-Bean-Class</property>.</emphasis>
+ Click on the link to open the Java creation
+ wizard.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create Referenced Bean Class</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_56.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Java class will be created automatically. Leave
+ everything without changes and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>.
+ </emphasis></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Java Class Form</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_57.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To open Referenced Bean class click again on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Referenced-Bean-Class</property>
+ </emphasis> in the Referenced Bean section. Now you
+ are able to write business logic of Referenced Bean
+ in the Java editor.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Referenced Bean Class Editing</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_support/jsf_support_58.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="jsf_project_verification" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jsf/docs/jsf_tools_ref_guide/en/modules/jsf_project_verification.xml">
+ <?dbhtml filename="struts_project_verification.html"?>
+
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>Eclipse</keyword>
+ <keyword>JSF Tools</keyword>
+ <keyword>Java</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>JSF Project Verification</title>
+
+ <para>In this chapter we'll discuss a possible verification that you can take advantage
+ of.</para>
+ <!-- JBoss Developer Studio checks for many different rules for a JSF project -->
+ <para>Many different rules are checked for a JSF project that can be configured by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences</property>
+ </emphasis> from the menu bar, selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Web > Verification</property>
+ </emphasis> from the Preferences dialog box and then expanding the JSF Rules node.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>JSF Rules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Suppose you are working in the Source viewer for a JSF configuration file as shown below:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Faces-config.xml File</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>While typing a class name, you might make a minor typo (like <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"jsfHello.PersonBean9"</property>
+ </emphasis> instead of <emphasis role="italic">
+ <property moreinfo="none">"jsfHello.PersonBean"</property>
+ </emphasis>). After saving the file, verification checks to make sure everything is correct
+ and finds the error below:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error in Source View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_3.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Notice that the Package Explorer View shows a marked folder and a marked file where the
+ error is.</para>
+ <para>You can place the cursor over the line with an error message and get a detailed error
+ message:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Error Message</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Verification also checks navigation rules:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Checking Navigation Rules</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>If you provide a page name that does not exist, verification will let you know about that:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Page Name Verification</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_6.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>You can always call up verification explicitly by right-clicking any element in the tree
+ and selecting Verify from the context menu. This works from both the Tree and Diagram
+ viewers for the JSF configuration file editor. You can also invoke verification from the Web
+ Projects view. Below we are checking all of the elements in the configuration file.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Verify Command</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/verif_valid/verif_valid_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In summary, this document highlights all the JSF-specific features of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>
+ meant for enhancing the development of rich Web applications based on JSF technology. The
+ reference introduces you to wizards for creating and importing JSF projects, JSF
+ Configuration File editor features, functionality for enabling JSF capabilities and etc.</para>
+
+ <para>If you have questions or good suggestions, please refer to <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss
+ Tools Forum</ulink>.</para>
+</chapter>
+
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0
JBoss Tools SVN: r13340 - branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jbpm/docs/reference/en.
by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org
Author: ochikvina
Date: 2009-01-29 12:35:00 -0500 (Thu, 29 Jan 2009)
New Revision: 13340
Added:
branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
Log:
https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-571- adding the master_output.xml;
Added: branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml
===================================================================
--- branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml (rev 0)
+++ branches/jbosstools-3.0.0.CR2/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2009-01-29 17:35:00 UTC (rev 13340)
@@ -0,0 +1,1288 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+"http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd"
+
+
+[<!ENTITY introduction SYSTEM "modules/Introduction.xml">
+<!ENTITY jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation SYSTEM "modules/jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.xml">
+<!ENTITY guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd SYSTEM "modules/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd.xml">
+<!ENTITY the_views SYSTEM "modules/the_views.xml">
+<!ENTITY Test_Drive_Proc SYSTEM "modules/Test_Drive_Proc.xml">
+<!ENTITY The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech SYSTEM "modules/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.xml">
+<!ENTITY Quick_Howto_Guide SYSTEM "modules/Quick_Howto_Guide.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY seamlink "../../seam/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY aslink "../../as/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY esblink "../../esb_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY gsglink "../../GettingStartedGuide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY hibernatelink "../../hibernatetools/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jbpmlink "../../jbpm/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsflink "../../jsf/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsfreflink "../../jsf_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY jsftutoriallink "../../jsf_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html">
+<!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html">
+
+ ]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff">
+ <bookinfo>
+ <title>jBPM Tools Reference Guide</title>
+
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Anatoly</firstname>
+ <surname>Fedosik</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Koen</firstname>
+ <surname>Aers</surname>
+ <email>koen.aers(a)jboss.com</email>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Olga</firstname>
+ <surname>Chikvina</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Svetlana</firstname>
+ <surname>Mukhina</surname>
+ <email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Tom</firstname>
+ <surname>Baeyens</surname>
+ <email>tom.baeyens(a)jboss.com</email>
+ </author>
+
+
+ <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate>
+ <copyright>
+ <year>2007</year>
+ <year>2008</year>
+ <holder>JBoss, a division of Red Hat Inc.</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Version: 3.1.5.CR1</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo>
+
+<abstract>
+ <title></title>
+ <para>
+ <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jbpm/pdf/JBPM_Refere...">PDF version</ulink>
+ </para>
+</abstract>
+
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <toc></toc>
+
+<chapter id="Introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Introduction.xml" xreflabel="Introduction">
+ <?dbhtml filename="TargetAudience.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ <keyword>Target</keyword>
+ <keyword>developers</keyword>
+ <keyword>Audience</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>All developers and process analysts who are beginning to use JBoss jBPM should read this
+ Getting Started guide. It will give them a jumpstart showing how to create a process definition.</para>
+ <section id="Preface">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Preface.html"?>
+ <title>Preface</title>
+ <para>This document introduces the use of the JBoss jBPM Graphical Process Designer (GPD) to
+ create workflow processes. It will help first time users with the following tasks :</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Install the JBoss jBPM GPD Eclipse plugin available from the JBoss jBPM download
+ area</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set up a Java project in Eclipse and prepare it to do test driven process
+ development</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Using the creation wizard to create an empty process definition</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Use the designer palette to draw the first processdefinition</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Show how the xml processdefinition can be inspected as an xml file</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set up a Java project in Eclipse and prepare it to do test driven process
+ development</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Write an example process test case</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>If you have questions, please feel free to contact <ulink url="mailto:koen.aers@jboss.com">Koen Aers</ulink> or <ulink url="mailto:tom.baeyens@jboss.com">Tom Baeyens</ulink> for more
+ information.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="feature_list">
+
+ <title>Feature list</title>
+
+ <para> JBoss jBPM is a workflow that enables creating and automatization business processes. Look
+ at the list of features below to understand its main functionality.</para>
+ <table>
+ <title>Key Functionality for JBoss jBPM</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Feature</entry>
+ <entry>Benefit</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="minimal_process_definition">jBDL support</link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Enables managing workflow processes as well as human tasks and interactions between
+ them. jBDL combines the best both Java and declarative process techniques.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD">Support of Graphical Process Designer (GPD)</link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Is used for simplifying declarative process development and visualizations of all
+ actions.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="CreatingjBPMProject">Project Creation wizard</link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Allows to create a new jBPM template project that already includes all advanced
+ artifacts and core jBPM libraries.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="minimal_process_definition">Rich palette of pre-build process nodes</link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Provides process-building functionality and gives opportunity even non-programmers to
+ develop processes.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="source_mode">Support of XML code view</link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Shows the corresponding XML that's generated automatically in the Source view
+ of the process definition editor when developing the process.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <link linkend="the_properties_view">Properties view</link>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Facilitates configuring and editing of all nodes properties.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Interaction with all of the J2EE based integration technologies including Web Services,
+ Java Messaging, J2EE Connectors, JBDC, EJBs.</entry>
+ <entry>Enables implementation, provides better functionality and flexibility.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Integration with jBoss Seam</entry>
+ <entry>Allows to write applications with complex workflows and provides easier interactions
+ between them.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title>
+ <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">here</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.xml" xreflabel="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation">
+ <?dbhtml filename="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ <keyword>designer</keyword>
+ <keyword>process</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>jBPM runtime</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>JBoss jBPM Runtime Installation</title>
+ <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to let you know how to launch the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ jBPM</property> (business process management).</para>
+ <para>The jBPM plugin (jBPM Designer) is already included in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.
+ To make it work, you should only download the jBPM runtime (<ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=70542&package_i...">jbpm-jpdl-3.2.2</ulink> currently) and specify the directory where you extracted the runtime
+ either when you create a jBPM project or by using the jBPM preference pages.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Note:</title>
+ <para>Try to avoid using spaces in the names of installation folders. It can provoke problems in
+ some situations with Sun-based VMs.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Navigate to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss jBPM > Runtime Locations</property>.
+ </emphasis> Here you can add, edit and remove JBoss jBPM installation locations. Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>
+ </emphasis> button. In the dialog that appeared enter a name for a newly added jBPM runtime and
+ point to the correct location of this package on your harddrive. Click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> then click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">OK</property>
+ </emphasis> again.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding jBPM Location</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/runtime_installation/runtime_installation_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Now, when you have a runtime installed, we are going to demonstrate some powerful features of
+ the jBPM.</para>
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd.xml" xreflabel="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD">
+ <?dbhtml filename="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ <keyword>JBoss</keyword>
+ <keyword>Process</keyword>
+ <keyword>Definition</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>A Guided Tour of JBoss jBPM GPD</title>
+ <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating and configuring your
+ own simple process. Let's try to organize a new jBPM project.</para>
+ <para>A wizard for creating a jBPM project is included in the GPD plugin. We have opted to
+ create a project based on a template already containing a number of advanced artifacts that
+ we will ignore for this section. In the future we will elaborate this wizard and offer the
+ possibility to create an empty jBPM project as well as projects based on templates taken
+ from the jBPM tutorial.</para>
+ <section id="CreatingjBPMProject">
+ <?dbhtml filename="CreatingjBPMProject.html"?>
+ <title>Creating a jBPM Project</title>
+ <para>This section will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new jBPM
+ project with already included source folders.</para>
+ <para>At first you should select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File >New Project...</property>
+ </emphasis> and then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM > Process Project</property>
+ </emphasis> in the New Project dialog:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>New Project Dialog</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para> Clicking <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> brings us to the wizard page where it's necessary to specify the
+ name and location for the project. We choose, for example, <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HellojBPM</property>
+ </emphasis> as the name and accept the default location. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Process Name and Location</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Thus, our project will be created in the workspace root directory by default. If you
+ want to change the directory for your future project, deselect <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Use default location</property>
+ </emphasis> and click <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property>
+ </emphasis> button to set needed location or simply type it.</para>
+ <para>On the next screen you'll be prompted to select the core jBPM location that
+ we have defined in the previous chapter.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Core jBPM Location Specifying</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Clicking on <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> results in the project being generated. The wizard creates four source
+ folders: one for the processes (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/main/jpdl</property>
+ </emphasis>), one for the java sources (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/main/java</property>
+ </emphasis>), one for the unit tests (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/test/java</property>
+ </emphasis>) and one for the resources such as the jbpm.properties and the
+ hibernate.properties files (<emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/main/config</property>
+ </emphasis>). In addition a classpath container with all the core jBPM libraries is
+ added to the project</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Layout of the Process Project</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Looking inside the different source folders will reveal a number of other artifacts
+ that were generated, but we will leave these untouched for the moment. Instead, we will
+ look at another wizard that enables us to create an empty process definition.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="creating_an_empty_process_definition">
+ <?dbhtml filename="creating_an_empty_process_definition.html"?>
+ <title>Creating an Empty Process Definition</title>
+ <para>Now when the project is set up, we can use a Creation wizard to create an empty
+ process definition. Bring up the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New</property>
+ </emphasis> wizard by clicking the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis> menu item. The wizard opens on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Select Wizard</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Select Wizard Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Selecting the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM</property>
+ </emphasis> category, then the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Process Definition</property>
+ </emphasis> item and clicking on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Next</property>
+ </emphasis> button brings us to the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Create Process Definition</property>
+ </emphasis> page.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Create New Process Definion Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>We choose <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">hello</property>
+ </emphasis> as the name of the process archive file. Click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button to end the wizard and open the process definition editor.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Process Definition Editor</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_6.png" scale="60"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>You can see in the Package Explorer that creating a process definition involves
+ creating a folder with the name of the process definition and populating this folder
+ with two .xml files : <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">gpd.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">processdefinition.xml</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <para>The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">gpd.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> contains the graphical information used by the process definition editor.
+ The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">processdefinition.xml</property>
+ </emphasis> file contains the actual process definition info without the graphical
+ rendering info. At present, the GPD assumes that these two files are siblings. More
+ sophisticated configuration will be supported later.</para>
+
+ <section id="minimal_process_definition">
+ <?dbhtml filename="minimal_process_definition.html"?>
+ <title>A Minimal Process Definition</title>
+ <para>Now we are ready to create a very simple process definition consisting of a begin
+ state, an intermediate state and an end state.</para>
+ <para>To make the configuration of actions much easier it's better to use the
+ jPDL perspective. It provides the tabbed Properties Editor which allows to configure
+ all the relevant properties of the current selected item. </para>
+
+ <section id="adding_the_nodes">
+ <?dbhtml filename="adding_the_nodes.html"?>
+ <title>Adding the Nodes</title>
+ <para>At first select respectively <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>, </emphasis>
+ <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">State</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">End</property>
+ </emphasis> on the tools palette and click on the canvas to add these nodes to
+ the process definition. The result should look similar to this:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>A Simple Process With Three Nodes</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_7.png" scale="60"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+ <section id="adding_transitions">
+ <?dbhtml filename="adding_transitions.html"?>
+ <title>Adding Transitions</title>
+ <para>Then, we will connect the nodes with transitions. To do that select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Transition</property>
+ </emphasis> tool in the tools palette and click on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>
+ </emphasis> node, then move to the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">State</property>
+ </emphasis> node and click again to see the transition being drawn. Perform the
+ same steps to create a transition from the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">State</property>
+ </emphasis> node to the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">End</property>
+ </emphasis> node. The result will look like:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>A Simple Process With Transitions</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_8.png" scale="60"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Now, when you've got background knowledge of simple project creation,
+ let's move to more advanced tools.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="the_views" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/the_views.xml" xreflabel="the_views">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_views.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+
+ <title>The views</title>
+
+ <para>Here, it will be explained how to work with views and editors provided by JBDS.</para>
+ <para>The views are used for representation and navigation the resources you are working on at
+ the moment. One of the advantages of all the views is that all modifications made in the
+ currant-active file are immediately displayed in them. Let’s get acquainted more closely
+ with those that the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> provides. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The jPDL Perspective Views and Editors</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_0.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As you can see in the picture above, the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> contains a
+ complete set of functionality that's necessary for working on the jBPM project.</para>
+
+ <section id="the_outline_view">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?>
+ <title>The Outline View</title>
+ <para>To have a way to quickly see an outline of the process use the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property>
+ </emphasis> that is presented as the classical tree. If it is not visible select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show view > Outline</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Overview View</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="the_overview">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?>
+ <title>The Overview</title>
+ <para>The main advantage of this view is that it gives visual representation of the whole
+ currant-developing process. Besides, the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Overview</property>
+ </emphasis> comes as a scrollable thumbnail which enables a better navigation of the
+ process structure if it's too large.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Overview</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="the_properties_view">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_properties_view.html"?>
+ <title>The Properties View</title>
+ <para> Here, we dwell on the JBDS <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>.</para>
+ <para>Notice if it's not visible you can access it by navigating <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show view > Properties</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <para>The view shows the relevant properties of the selected item in the tabbed form. Every
+ item has its own set of properties, which can be directly editable in the Properties
+ view or by brining up the context menu.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Properties View of selected Transition</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>For example, on the picture above the Properties view displays all the properties for
+ a selected transition. Its name has been changed to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">to_auction</property>. </emphasis> We've done it directly in
+ active General tab of the view. The same way let's change the name for the
+ second transition to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">to_end</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ <para>If no one item is selected, the view represents the properties of the whole process
+ definition. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Properties View of Process Definition</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In this case, it contains six tabs. The first one is the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">General</property>.</emphasis> It allows to specify a process name and add
+ necessary description. To illustrate let's change the process definition name
+ to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">jbay</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="jbpm_gpd_editor">
+ <?dbhtml filename="direct_editing.html"?>
+ <title>The jBPM Graphical Process Designer editor.</title>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">jBPM GPD editor</property> includes four modes: Diagram, Deployment,
+ Design and Source, which are available as switchable tabs at the bottom of the editor.
+ Let's dwell on each of them.</para>
+
+ <section id="the_diagram_mode">
+ <title>The Diagram mode</title>
+ <para> In this mode we define the process in the form of a diagram by means of tools
+ provided on the left-hand side of the jBPM GPD. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Diagram mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Besides, some properties can be directly edited in the <property moreinfo="none">Diagram
+ mode</property> of the graphical editor. One example of this is the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">name</property>
+ </emphasis> property of nodes. You can edit this directly by selecting the node of
+ which you want to change the name and then click once inside this node. This enables
+ an editor in the node. We change the name of the node to <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">auction</property>. </emphasis></para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="source_mode">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_source_view.html"?>
+ <title>The Source Mode</title>
+ <para>Now, that we have defined a simple process definition, we can have a look at the
+ XML that is being generated under the covers. To see this XML click on the Source
+ tab of the graphical process designer editor.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Source Mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_6.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Source mode</property> enables to easily manipulate our XML. That is
+ manually inserting and editing necessary elements or attributes. In addition, here
+ you can take advantage of content assist.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="design_mode">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_design_view.html"?>
+ <title>The Design Mode</title>
+ <para>One more way to edit your file is to use <property moreinfo="none">Design mode</property>. You can
+ see it in the next picture:</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Design Mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_7.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>As you can see above, this mode looks like a table in the first column of which
+ the process structure is performed. Here, you can also insert, remove and edit
+ elements or attributes, moreover add comments and instructions. Their values can be
+ directly edited in the second column of the Design mode table.</para>
+ <para>For instance, let’s add a comment on the second transition. For that, you should
+ bring up the context menu for it and choose <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Add Before > Comment</property>. </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a Comment</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>Then, we can put the text <emphasis>This transition leads to the end
+ state</emphasis> in the right column as its value.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Comment is added</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_9.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="deployment_mode">
+ <?dbhtml filename="the_deployment_view.html"?>
+ <title>The Deployment Mode</title>
+ <para>Finally, to adjust the deployment settings of the project you should switch on to
+ the tab that opens the <property moreinfo="none">Deployment mode</property>. On the picture below
+ the <property moreinfo="none">Deployment mode</property> is performed with default settings. Here,
+ you can easily modify them or, if the settings won't match your needs, to
+ reset defaults. </para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Deployment Mode</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_10.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The button <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Test Connections</property>
+ </emphasis> is necessary to make sure whether all your settings are valid before
+ deploying the process.</para>
+ <para>Now that we've seen how to work with <property moreinfo="none">jPDL
+ perspective</property>, let's pass on to the project testing.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+<chapter id="Test_Drive_Proc_Development" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Test_Drive_Proc.xml" xreflabel="Test_Drive_Proc_Development">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Test_Drive_Proc_Development.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Test Driven Process Development</title>
+
+ <para> One of the most important advantages of JBoss jBPM's lightweight approach to BPM
+ and workflow management is that developers can easily leverage their usual programming
+ skills and techniques. One of these well-known techniques is Unit Testing and Test Driven
+ Development. </para>
+ <para>In this chapter we will show how developers, making use of the JBoss jBPM GPD, can use a
+ technique we have baptized <property moreinfo="none">Test Driven Process Development</property> to create
+ process definitions and test their correctness. </para>
+
+ <para> When creating the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HellojBPM</property>
+ </emphasis> project the Project Creation wizard has already put in place all the library
+ requirements we need to start writing the jBPM unit tests. They are contained in the jBPM
+ Library container and the most important of them is the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property>
+ </emphasis> file containing the core jBPM classes. While working on the project you could
+ find them all in the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The jBPM Libraries</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>It must be noted that it is possible to change the location of the core jBPM installation
+ by changing the preference settings. More on this <link linkend="change_core_jbpm_inst">see
+ later</link> in this book.</para>
+
+ <para> With that extra knowledge on the project settings, you can create your first test. To do
+ this, we create the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">com.jbay</property>
+ </emphasis> package in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">test/java</property>
+ </emphasis> source folder. Then we bring up the context menu on this package and select <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Other...</property>
+ </emphasis></para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Call the JUnit Test Case Creation wizard</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_2.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> And then <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Java > JUnit > JUnit Test Case</property>
+ </emphasis> to call the specialized JUnite Test case creation wizard.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Call the JUnit Test Case Creation wizard</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_3.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The wizard looks as follows:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create Test Dialog</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_4.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>By default JUnite 3 version of testing framework is selected. Of course, you can choose
+ new advanced JUnit 4 version. In this case you'll be prompted to add new JUnit
+ Library to your build path. To add it automatically just click on the appropriate link. In
+ the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Class under test</property>
+ </emphasis> section you can specify the class to test.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>A First Test Scenario</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_5.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Then, we call the test class <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HelloTest</property>
+ </emphasis> and press <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property>
+ </emphasis> button to complete.</para>
+
+ <para> Next, we should write a simple test scenario as shown on the next figure. Let's
+ study the code of this test case. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0" id="hello_test">
+ <title>A First Test Scenario</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_6.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In the first line of the method, a jBPM process archive object is created. We use a
+ constructor accepting the filename of the archive. In our case it is the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">hello</property>
+ </emphasis> file we created earlier and which lives in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/main/jpdl</property>
+ </emphasis> folder of our project. After asserting that this object is really created, we
+ extract a process definition object from it. This object is fed to the constructor of a
+ process instance object. We have a process instance object, but this process is not yet
+ started, so we can safely assert that its root token still resides in the start node. After
+ signalling the token will move to the next state and the process will be in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">auction</property>
+ </emphasis> state. Finally another signal will end the process. </para>
+
+
+ <para> After writing this test we can check whether it works as expected by running it .</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Running the Process Test</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_7.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>All went well as we have a green light:</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Successful Test Run</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_8.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Of course, this simple scenario was not very interesting, but the purpose of it was to
+ show how you can reuse your development skills in a very straightforward way when doing
+ process development. To see how more interesting processes and process test
+ scenario's can be developed, we suggest you to read the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.com/jbpm/v3/userguide/">JBoss jBPM User Guide</ulink> and to
+ study the API reference. You can find it in the jBPM download folder. (To get started we
+ downloaded jbpm-jpdl-3.2.2 in <link linkend="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation">the second
+ chapter</link>. You should just remember where you extracted it.) All we've mentioned are in the 'javadoc- *' subfolders of the 'doc' folder.
+ Moreover, some more examples will be given later in this book.</para>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.xml" xreflabel="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech">
+ <?dbhtml filename="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Actions : The JBoss jBPM Integration Mechanism</title>
+
+ <para> In this chapter we will show how to do software integration with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ jBPM</property>. The standard mechanism to implement this is to wrap the functionality you
+ want to integrate in a class that implements the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> interface. In order to demonstrate it let's specify Hello World action for our
+ process.</para>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Creating a Hello World Action</title>
+
+ <para>Each Hello World process should integrate one or more Hello World actions, so this is
+ what we will be doing. We can integrate custom code at different points in the process
+ definition. To do this we have to specify an action handler, represented by an
+ implementation of the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> interface, and attach this piece of code to a particular event. These events
+ are amongst others, going over a transition, leaving or entering nodes, after and before
+ signalling. </para>
+
+ <para> To make things a little bit more concrete, let's create a new class called <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property>.
+ </emphasis> For that firstly we'll create a new package <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">com.jbay.action</property>
+ </emphasis> in the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">src/java/main</property>
+ </emphasis> folder of our project. Then, we should call New Class Creation wizard as
+ usual by right-clicking and navigating <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">New > Class</property>.
+ </emphasis> </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Creating HelloActionHendler Class</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Notice that two first gaps have been filled automatically. Here, instead of <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Package</property>
+ </emphasis> option <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Enclose type</property>
+ </emphasis> option can be selected where a type in which to enclose a new class should
+ be specified.</para>
+
+ <para>In our case, we leave everything as it is, just type <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> as a name of new class and add <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">org.jbpm.graph.ActionHendler</property>
+ </emphasis> interface as it's shown in the picture above.</para>
+
+ <para>Thus, our <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> implements the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> interface including the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">execute</property>
+ </emphasis> method as shown in the next figure. Here, we add a variable named <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> to the collection of process variables and put a message in it :
+ <emphasis>"Hello from ActionHandler"</emphasis>. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>A Simple Hello Action</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Now, as we have <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> class defined, let's explore how we can handle it.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Integrating the Hello World Action</title>
+
+ <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to provide you with the steps associating our
+ Hello World action with a particular event and test the correctness of our actions as
+ well.</para>
+
+ <para> As good Testcity citizens we will first create a Unit Test that proves the behaviour
+ we want to achieve by adding the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property>
+ </emphasis> to the process. So we implement another test.</para>
+
+ <para>At first, let's return to the
+ code we already saw <link linkend="hello_test">in the previous chapter</link> and add new test method <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">testActionHendler</property></emphasis> to it. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Create the Hello Action Test</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_3.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>We assert
+ that no variable called <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> exist. Then we give the process a signal to move it to the auction state. We
+ want to associate the execution of the action with the event of going over the
+ transition from the start state to the auction state. So after the signal, the process
+ should be in the auction state as in the previous scenario. But moreover, the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property>
+ </emphasis> variable should exist and contain the string <emphasis>"Hello from
+ ActionHandler"</emphasis>. That's what we assert in the last lines of the test
+ method.</para>
+
+
+
+ <para> Running the tests now results in a failure. The point is that we did not associate
+ the action with any particular event in the process definition, so the process variable
+ did not get set. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Test Results Before Integration</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_4.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para> Let's do something about it and add an action to the first transition of our
+ sample process. To do this you can use the Actions tab in the Properties Editor that is
+ under the graphical canvas. Bring up the popup menu of the action element container and
+ chose New Action as it's shown on the figure below. The other way to add an action
+ to the transition is simply to use the dropdown menu that is available under the action
+ icon in the right upper corner of the Properties View.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding an Action to a Transition</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_5.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>After adding the action a tabbed view with three pages will appear.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Configuration Dialog for an Action</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_6.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The first of these three pages allows you to give the Action a name. The last page
+ contains some advanced attributes such as whether the Action is asynchronous. The
+ Details page is the most important. It allows to choose and configure the actual action
+ handler implementation. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Details page of an Action Configuration Dialog</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para>Clicking on the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Search...</property>
+ </emphasis> button brings us to a Choose Class dialog.</para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Choose Action Handler Dialog</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_8.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+
+ <para> We choose our previously created 'HelloActionHandler' class and
+ push the <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> button. After the selection of the action handler for
+ the action, we can run the test and observe it gives us a green light.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Test Results</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_9.png" scale="70"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Tere we are. The above objective has been achieved.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title> Integration Points</title>
+
+ <para> The different integration points in a process definition are thoroughly documented in
+ the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.com/jbpm/v3/userguide/">JBoss jBPM User Guide</ulink>. Instance nodes can contain many action
+ elements. Each of these will appear in the Action element list of the Actions tab. But
+ each Action also has a properties view of itself. You can navigate to this view by
+ selecting the added Action in the outline view. </para>
+
+ </section>
+
+</chapter>
+
+
+<chapter id="Quick_Howto_Guide" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Quick_Howto_Guide.xml" xreflabel="Quick_Howto_Guide">
+ <?dbhtml filename="Quick_Howto_Guide.html"?>
+ <chapterinfo>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>jBPM</keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ <keyword></keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+ </chapterinfo>
+ <title>Quick Howto Guide</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter contains additional information related to the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss
+ jBPM</property>.</para>
+
+ <section id="change_core_jbpm_inst">
+ <title>Change the Default Core jBPM Installation</title>
+
+ <para> You can change the default <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> installation by means of the
+ Eclipse preference mechanism. Open the Preferences dialog by selecting <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences</property>
+ </emphasis> and select the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM > Runtime Location</property>
+ </emphasis> category. Using this page you can add multiple <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property>
+ installation locations and change the default one. The default installation is used for
+ the classpath settings when creating a new Process Project. Changing the preferences has
+ no influence on already created projects. Getting rid of a <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property>
+ installation that's being referenced by a project however will cause the
+ classpath to contain errors. </para>
+
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The jBPM Preferences Page</title>
+
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_1.png"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section>
+ <title>Configuring Task Nodes</title>
+
+ <para>Here, we'll examine how you can configure the Task nodes in jBPM jPDL GPD.</para>
+
+ <para> You can add Tasks to Task nodes and then configure them in a similar manner as the
+ Action configuration mechanism. Let's consider the process definition similar
+ to the previous one that contains three nodes: Start state, Task node and End state. The
+ <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> for selected Task node includes several tabs. </para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Properties View of the selected Task Node</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>We should choose the Task tab and then bring up the context menu or click the button
+ in the top right corner of the view to add a Task to our Task node.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>Adding a Task to the Task Node</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_3.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Every added Task has its own configuration possibilities. You can access them through
+ the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> as well.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Task properties</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_4.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>The <property moreinfo="none">General page</property> is a place where you can specify the name of a
+ Task and its description. For instance, let it be <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">approve oder</property>
+ </emphasis> with appropriate description that you can see in the figure below.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Task General Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_5.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>Now, look at <property moreinfo="none">Details page</property>. First, you should specify the due date
+ that is a mandatory property for the Task. The due date is the date on which the task
+ should be accomplished. Here you can also set a Task priority as well as signalling,
+ notifying or blocking. The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Blocking</property>
+ </emphasis> attribute indicates that the process will not be able to continue if this
+ task is still unaccomplished. The <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Generate Form...</property>
+ </emphasis> button is for creating a simple task form that can be rendered by the jBPM
+ console.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Task Details Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_6.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>For our example, we specify the due date as 2 business days, choose the high priority
+ and also check the <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Signalling</property>
+ </emphasis> and <emphasis>
+ <property moreinfo="none">Notify</property>
+ </emphasis> attributes. It means that the Task should be accomplished in 2 business days
+ and the assignee will be notified by email when the task is assigned. To specify how the
+ Task should be assigned switch on to the <property moreinfo="none">Assignment page</property>.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Task Assignment Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Reminder page</property> you can specify whether the assignee will be reminded of the task
+ that awaits him.</para>
+
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Task Reminder Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_8.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+
+ <para>In our case, the assignee will be reminded by email after two business hours and
+ continue to get reminding every business hour after that.</para>
+ <para>In the next figure you can see our configuring generated into XML.</para>
+ <figure float="0">
+ <title>The Task Reminder Page</title>
+ <mediaobject>
+ <imageobject>
+ <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_9.png" scale="80"></imagedata>
+ </imageobject>
+ </mediaobject>
+ </figure>
+ <para>We hope, our guide will help you to get started with the jPDL process language and jBPM
+ workflow on the whole. Besides, for additional information you are welcome on <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=217">our forum</ulink>.</para>
+ </section>
+</chapter>
+
+
+ <!-- TODO: drools used in this section is not available for eclipse .3.3 &AddBusinessProcess; -->
+</book>
15 years, 11 months
- 1
- 0